vol. 61, no. 2, 2019 Published by NTEU
ISSN 0818–8068
AUR
Australian Universities’Review
AUR Editor Dr Ian R. Dobson, Monash University
AUR Editorial Board Dr Alison Barnes, NTEU National President Professor Timo Aarrevaara, University of Lapland Professor Jamie Doughney, Victoria University Professor Leo Goedegebuure, University of Melbourne Professor Jeff Goldsworthy, Monash University Dr Mary Leahy, University of Melbourne Professor Kristen Lyons, University of Queensland Professor Dr Simon Marginson, University of Oxford Matthew McGowan, NTEU General Secretary Dr Alex Millmow, Federation University Australia Dr Neil Mudford, University of Queensland Jeannie Rea, Victoria University Professor Paul Rodan, Swinburne University of Technology
Editorial Policy
Style
The Australian Universities’ Review (AUR, formerly Vestes) is published by the National Tertiary Education Union (NTEU) to encourage debate and discussion about issues in higher education and its contribution to Australian public life, with an emphasis on those matters of concern to NTEU members. AUR publishes articles and other contributions, including short commentary and satire.
Download full Style Guide at www.aur.org.au/submissions.
Although some contributions are solicited by the Editor or the Editorial Board, AUR is anxious to receive contributions independently from staff and students in the higher education sector and other readers.
Use single quotation marks. Use double quotation marks for quotes within a quote. Indent quotes of more than 50 words.
Articles will be assessed by independent referees before publication. Priority is given to contributions that are substantial, lively, original and have a broad appeal. Responses to previously published contributions are encouraged.
Contact Details Australian Universities’ Review, c/- NTEU National Office, PO Box 1323, South Melbourne VIC 3205 Australia Phone: +613 9254 1910 Fax: +613 9254 1915 Email: editor@aur.org.au
Website
Contributions
Contributors should send digital manuscripts in Word format to editor@aur.org.au. Contributions should be between 2,000 and 7,000 words, although longer articles will be considered. All articles should be accompanied by an abstract that would not usually be longer than 150 words. The author’s full contact details should be provided, including email address and phone numbers. Contributions are sent to a minimum of two referees, in accordance with DIISR requirements for peer blind review. Contributors should read the website before submitting a paper.
AUR is free to NTEU members on an opt-in basis. Full details at www.aur.org.au/subscriptions.
Post packaging is 100% degradable biowrap.
Tables and figures should be incorporated into the text close to where they are first referred. In general, ‘tables’ comprise data, and ‘figures’ comprise everything else (graphs, photographs, etc.). Do not refer to position of tables/figures (e.g. ‘above’, ‘left’) Tables and figures should have separate numbered sequences, and titles should be above for tables, and below for figures. Figures should be prepared in black and white. Graphs with coloured bars are often illegible in black-and-white print.
References References to be cited according to APA Publication Manual 6th edition (with minor exceptions). References in the text should be given in the author–date style: King (2004) argues ... or as various authors (King, 2004; Markwell, 2007) argue ...
More than two authors cite as
Subscriptions
In accordance with NTEU policy to reduce our impact on the natural environment, AUR is printed using vegetable-based inks with alcohol-free printing initiatives on FSC® certified paper by Printgraphics under ISO 14001 Environmental Certification.
Avoid use of abbreviations, except for well-known organisations or processes.
Two co-authors should be cited in the text as
Responses should be a maximum of 1,000 words, and should be received within a month after the publication of the journal so that they can be properly considered by the Editor and the Editorial Board for the following issue.
NTEU members may opt for ‘soft delivery’ (email notification rather than printed copy) for all NTEU magazines. To access your membership details, log in to the members’ area at www.nteu.org.au.
Do not use underlining.
Books for review should be sent to the Editor. Our policy is to review books dealing either with tertiary education or with matters pertinent to issues in tertiary education. Book reviews should be between 200 and 1200 words; review essays may be longer.
AUR welcomes letters of response to articles published in the journal. Longer responses to articles are also encouraged.
AUR is also available online as an e-book and pdf. Visit www.aur.org.au for details.
Neither male nor female pronouns should be used to refer to groups containing persons of both sexes.
Book reviews
Replies and letters
www.aur.org.au
Authors should ensure that the material cited in the text matches the material listed in the References.
Do not use footnotes, endnotes or any headers or footers except for page numbers (bottom of page, centred).
Please adhere to the style notes outlined on this page.
Cover photograph: NeW Space, University of Newcastle. Photograph by Peter Miller. Printed with permission.
Dates thus: 30 June 2010.
It is presumed that authors have followed the standard scholarly ethical practices involved in seeking to have their work published. Authors should take their lead from the Australian Code for the Responsible Conduct of Research and the Committee for Publication Ethics.
Natasha Abrahams, CAPA National President
Editorial Assistance: Anastasia Kotaidis
Use a single space at the end of sentences.
Do not use numbered sections.
Intending contributors should refer to the AUR website for full information about submissions: www.aur.org.au/submissions.
Design & layout: Paul Clifton
Use ‘s’ rather than ‘z’ in words such as ‘organise’ (analyse, recognise, etc.).
AUR is listed on the Government’s register of refereed journals and is included in Scopus.
Cathy Rytmeister, Macquarie University
Production
Use ‘per cent’ rather than ‘%’ in the text. Use ‘%’ in tables and figures where space is constrained.
Annual subscription rates (inclusive of GST where applicable) are $71.50 AUD (Australia and NZ), $86.00 AUD (overseas airmail). Overseas payments should be made by credit card or bank draft in Australian currency.
Advertising AUR is published twice a year, in February and September. The current hard copy circulation is approximately 8,000 per issue. Rates are available on application to aur@nteu.org.au.
Archive This issue and previous issues of AUR can be viewed online at www.aur.org.au.
(Smith & Jones, 2013). (Jones et al., 2011). Page references should be thus: (King, 2004, p. 314). Page references should be used for direct quotations. The reference list should be placed in alphabetical order at the end of the paper, utilising the author–date system. For a reference to a book: Gall, M., Gall, J. & Borg, W. (2003). Education Research: An introduction (7th ed.). New York: Allyn & Bacon. For a journal reference: King, D.A. (2004). What different countries get for their research spending. Nature, 430, 311–316. For a reference to a chapter in a collection: McCollow, J. & Knight, J. (2005). Higher Education in Australia: An Historical Overview, in M. Bella, J. McCollow & J. Knight (Eds). Higher Education in Transition. Brisbane: University of Queensland Press. For a web reference: Markwell, D. (2007). The challenge of student engagement. Retrieved from http://www.catl.uwa.edu.au/__data/ page/95565/Student_engagement_-_Don_Markwell_-_30_Jan_2007.pdf Do not include retrieval dates for web references unless the source material may change over time (e.g. wikis).
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019 Published by NTEU
ISSN 0818–8068
Australian Universities’ Review 3
Letter from the editor Ian R Dobson
ARTICLES 4
‘My study is the purpose of continuing my life’: The experience of accessing university for people seeking asylum in Australia Lisa K. Hartley, Sally Baker, Caroline Fleay & Rachel Burke
Asylum seekers face significant barriers accessing higher education. In this regard, the authors’ focus is on their ‘lived experience’ and they found six major themes. Read on! 14 W(h)ither the honours degree in Australian universities? Louise Horstmanshof & Bill Boyd
Australian universities offer diverse approaches to bachelor’s (honours) degrees. However, the Australian Learning and Teaching Council review of Australian honours programs in 2009 has been subjected to little research. 21 Academic administration and service workloads in Australian universities John Kenny & Andrew Fluck
This paper highlights the need in a modern, corporatised university to consider the nature of academic work and optimal ways to develop workload allocation and performance management processes. 31 Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally, Allyson Holbrook, Terence Lovat & Janene Budd
Receiving and responding to feedback during the doctoral process are integral parts of a formal learning process but little is known about what happens after examiner reports are received by an institution. This paper reveals all! 42 Engagement and impact through ‘amplifier platforms’ Kim Osman & Stuart Cunningham
The growth of digital and social media ‘amplifier platforms’ such as The Conversation are of burgeoning importance. The authors review ‘…the growth of amplifier platforms and the academic and contextual reasons for their growth’. 49 More work for less reward: Academic perceptions of service teaching Delma Clifton & Steve McKillup
This paper reports on a survey of science academics involved in service and discipline teaching, and reports on their experiences and perceptions. This is an area that has received little attention and this paper suggests strategies for improvement.
OPINION 57 ‘Continuous improvement’in higher education: Response to ‘Neoliberalism and new public management in an Australian university: The invisibility of our take-over’ by Margaret Sims (2019) Cat Mitchell
Reacting to Margaret Sims’ paper from AUR v61(1): 22-30, in this letter, Cat Mitchell reports ‘…much in [Sims’] text speaking directly to the higher education situation in Aotearoa/New Zealand’. 59 Three cheers for the Ramsay Centre Martin Davies
In 2018 Australia’s leading national university, the ANU, broke off consultation with the Ramsay Centre for Western Civilisation over a generous bequest to fund a course in Western civilisation. In doing so, the university ‘…turned its back on humanities funding’. 65 The Ramsay Centre and ‘Western Civilisation’: An attempt at historical perspective. A reaction to Martin Davies’ paper (this issue) Andrew G. Bonnell
In responding to Martin Davies’ piece, among other things, Bonnell notes that ‘Western Civilisation’ has its own, comparatively recent, history, and needs to be viewed in its own historical context and that the term ‘civilisation’ has relatively little utility as a unit of scholarly analysis. 72 The End of Endeavour: The short and tumultuous life of ‘Australia’s Fulbright’, the Endeavour program. Joanne Barker
The Australian Government’s well-regarded Endeavour Leadership Program was ‘quietly scuttled’ in April 2019. Read all about it! REVIEWS 78 Knowledge: tomato is a fruit Wisdom: you don’t put it in fruit salad Knowledge and Global Power – Making New Sciences in the South, by Fran Collyer, Raewyn Connell, João Maia & Robert Morrell
Reviewed by Neil Mudford 81 Per aspera ad astra? High Participation Systems of Higher Education by Brendan Cantwell, Simon Marginson & Anna Smolentseva (Eds)
Reviewed by Andrys Onsman 84 An insider’s account of wages campaigns for women Winning for Women: A Personal Story by Iola Mathews
Reviewed by Kate White
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
85 Dumb and dumber
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
91 Back to basics
Why Do So Many Incompetent Men Become Leaders? (And how to fix it) by Thomas Chamorro-Premuzic
The Good University: What Universities Actually Do and Why It’s Time for Radical Change by Raewyn Connell
Reviewed by Kate White
Reviewed by Natasha Abrahams
86 Working people into misery Lab Rats – Why Modern Work Makes People Miserable by Dan Lyons
Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer
2
V
93 STEM – Education for the global economy Miseducating for the Global Economy: How Corporate Power Damages Education and Subverts Students’ Futures by Gerald Coles
Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Letter from the editor Ian R Dobson Welcome to Round 2 for 2019! This issue comprises a
platform. I have been reading The Conversation daily for
lively mix of scholarly refereed papers, tantalising opinion
several years without realising that it was such a platform.
pieces and reviews of several books that might be worth
The authors explain about the growth in digital and social
buying or borrowing.
media and how alternative metrics (‘altmetrics’) generated
The papers in this issue start with one by Lisa K. Hartley, Sally Baker, Caroline Fleay and Rachel Burke.They
by these platforms are becoming more important as indicators of impact and engagement.
explain about the significant barriers to accessing higher
Finally, Delma Clifton & Steve McKillup report on a
education faced by people seeking asylum in Australia.
survey of science teachers, comparing discipline teaching
They found six major themes from an examination of
with service teaching. They note that the experiences of
the ‘lived experience’ of their sample. They find that ‘the
service teachers have received little attention but that the
priority should be on addressing the Australian Federal
perceptions and experiences of service teachers could
Government policies that underpin the most significant
help ‘…to suggest strategies for improvement’.
barriers facing people seeking asylum in accessing higher
In this issue’s opinion pieces, we start with a letter
education…’. A bit of heart from those in power would
from Cat Mitchell from Aotearoa/New Zealand’s Unitec
help! (Heart: that organ behind your shoulder holster).
Institute of Technology. She comments on Margaret Sims’
Louise Horstmanshof & Bill Boyd of Southern Cross
paper (AUR, 61(1)) concerning the impact of aspects of
University help to fill in the gaps in our knowledge about
neoliberalism on Australian universities and suggests that
honours degrees at Australian universities. They explain
the impact across the ‘dutch’ has been similar.
how the Bologna Declaration, tensions between the
We have a paper from Martin Davies on the torrid
conventional role for honours as a PhD pathway or as
history of the Ramsay Centre, which has been refused a
professional development, and the rigid funding model
home by a few Australian universities. Davies sees this as
for honours have led to the current situation since the
turning down a huge bequest to the humanities. However,
Australian Learning and Teaching Council’s 2009 review
in his response to Davies, Andrew Bonnell does not agree.
of Australian honours programs.
The Ramsay Centre eventually found its place at the
Complementing their earlier work, John Kenny and
University of Wollongong, with the academic senate being
Andrew Fluck report on management of academic
bypassed. Cultural wars or loss of academic freedom?
performance and workload. They explain ‘…the need in
Read both pieces; see what you think!
a modern, corporatised university to consider the nature
In the final opinion piece, Joanne Barker reports on
of academic work and optimal ways to develop workload
the ‘quiet scuttling’ of the Australian Government’s well-
allocation and performance management processes’.
regarded Endeavour Leadership Program (b. 2003) in
Kerry Dally and her colleagues from the University of
April 2019. The official reason for the termination was
Newcastle explain how ‘…doctoral thesis examination is
that the money would be more effectively used to fund
the litmus test for doctoral quality’. However, little is known
a scholarship program for studies at regional Australian
about what occurs in response to examiner feedback.
universities, but many Australian and international
They report on a review of policies and protocols. They
scholars will be ‘losers’ in this policy reversal. Hmmm!
wonder
whether ‘…current
examination
processes
This issue finishes with several book reviews on recently-
allow adequate opportunities for candidates to actively
published work. Book review regulars like Andrys Onsman,
engage with examiner feedback and take advantage of
Neil Mudford, Kate White and Thomas Klikauer have
this final opportunity to demonstrate, or further develop,
chipped in to help you see what you should be reading.
authoritative judgement and research autonomy’.
Ian R Dobson is Editor of Australian Universities’ Review, and an Adjunct member of the Professional Staff at Monash University, Victoria, Australia.
The paper by Kim Osman and Stuart Cunningham introduced an expression that was new to me: amplifier vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Letter from the editor Ian R Dobson
3
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
‘My study is the purpose of continuing my life’ The experience of accessing university for people seeking asylum in Australia Lisa Hartley Curtin University
Sally Baker University of New South Wales
Caroline Fleay Curtin University
Rachel Burke University of Newcastle
People seeking asylum in Australia face complex and significant barriers accessing higher education. Due to the temporary nature of their visa, their only pathway to university is being granted admission as an international student, which is financially prohibitive. This paper focuses on the lived experience of people seeking asylum with regard to accessing higher education, and identifies six major themes: the importance of accessing studies; the stress of struggling to meet living expenses while studying; mental health issues; support for people with disabilities, health challenges, and family responsibilities; the importance of language support and navigational brokers; and the role of higher education in the settlement of people seeking asylum. The research indicates that more university and community support is needed to foster access and participation, but the priority should be on addressing the Australian Federal Government policies that underpin the most significant barriers facing people seeking asylum in accessing higher education. This recommendation is most pressing in light of the re-election of the Coalition Government in May 2019, which has committed to continue these restrictive policies. Keywords: refugees, asylum seekers, international students, temporary visas
The United Nations Higher Commissioner for Refugees
yet been finalised – are denied opportunities to develop
(UNHCR) estimated in 2017 that only one per cent of
the capacities and knowledge to sustain their livelihoods
refugees have access to higher education, compared with
and to contribute to their communities and host societies.
36 per cent of the global population (UNHCR, 2017).
The lack of access to higher education is particularly
Without access to higher education, refugees and people
complex in the Australian context where refugees and
seeking asylum – those who have sought protection as a
people seeking asylum are afforded different rights and
refugee, but whose claim for refugee protection has not
entitlements based on their mode of arrival to Australia.
4
‘My study is the purpose of continuing my life’ Lisa Hartley et al.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
For example, refugees and humanitarian entrants who are
(McCarthy & Dauba, 2017), the financial expense of
resettled to Australia through the offshore component
admission to higher education via the international
of Australia’s Refugee and Humanitarian Program have
student program is prohibitive for most people seeking
access to services and entitlements that are denied to
asylum. As such, while students from asylum-seeking
people seeking asylum who arrive to Australia without
backgrounds may successfully complete secondary
a valid visa (the majority of whom have arrived in
schooling in Australia and qualify for entry to university,
Australia by boat) (Hartley & Pedersen, 2015). One of the
most are unable to continue their education due to the
significant differences in entitlements relates to access to
cost of enrolling as an international student (Hirsch &
higher education.
Maylea, 2017).This situation highlights a contrast in policy
For much of the past six years, approximately 30,000
where people seeking asylum are permitted to attend
people seeking asylum in Australia have resided in
government schools yet, upon graduation, they are not
community detention, or lived in the community
deemed to be local students for the purposes of receiving
on temporary Bridging Visas, while they await the
financial assistance to attend university (White, 2017).
processing of their claim for refugee status. These are
In addition to their ineligibility for student income
people who arrived in the country by boat either before
support, further barriers to accessing higher education
13 August 2012 without having their protection visa
for people seeking asylum include a lack of access to
application finalised as at 18 September 2013 or those
alternative pathway courses and government-funded
who arrived on or after 13 August 2012 and were not sent
English language courses (Fleay, Lumbus & Hartley,
to offshore detention on Nauru or Papua New Guinea’s
2016; Hartley & Fleay, 2014; Refugee Council of Australia,
Manus Island. If people seeking asylum are deemed
2015). These barriers raise important questions about the
eligible for protection in Australia, the Department of
potential impact on people seeking asylum who attempt
Home Affairs issues them with one of two temporary
to undertake education in Australia without the various
visas: a 3-year Temporary Protection Visa (TPV) or a
support mechanisms available to other groups in the
5-year Safe Haven Enterprise Visa (SHEV). While more
community.
than half of these people have now received a decision
Thus, the significant obstacles facing people seeking
on their refugee claim, as at July 2018 there were still
asylum who wish to participate in higher studies renders
12,290 people seeking asylum who continue to wait.
education impossible for most people in this situation.
(Department of Home Affairs, 2018). In this paper, the
Exclusion from tertiary education diminishes employment
term ‘people seeking asylum’ is used to refer to people
potential and has been shown to undermine positive
who are either awaiting the outcomes of their refugee
resettlement prospects and social inclusion significantly
application and living in the community on a Bridging
(Fleay, Lumbus & Hartley, 2016; Hirsch, 2015).
Visa or in community detention, or those already found to be a refugee and granted a TPV or SHEV. People seeking asylum who hold Bridging Visas, TPVs,
In response to the substantial barriers preventing people seeking asylum from participating in higher education, some universities have introduced full fee-
or SHEVs are ineligible for income support programs
paying/fee-waiver
such as the Newstart Allowance, Youth Allowance, or
and part-time employment opportunities attached to
Austudy. While they may apply for Special Benefit – the
scholarships as well as computers. Furthermore, state/
Status Resolution Support Services (SRSS) payment
territory governments in Victoria, New South Wales,
which at a maximum equates to 89 per cent of the
South Australia and the Australian Capital Territory have
Centrelink NewStart – there are stipulations about
offered various forms of support for people to access
the nature and length of study that may be undertaken
higher education. There have also been local community
while receiving this income support. Further, they are
responses seeking to facilitate access to education for
ineligible for Australian Federal Government programs
people seeking asylum. These include the provision of
designed to assist students with financing higher study
case management to link people seeking asylum with
and concession rates. Accordingly, people seeking asylum
potential scholarship opportunities and liaising with
are generally required to pay international student fees in
universities to highlight the urgent need for full fee-paying
order to attend tertiary education (comprising vocational
scholarships/waivers and other support.
education and training (VET) and university) in Australia.
network of academics, education practitioners, and
With the average undergraduate degree costing
community sector organisations has also been established
over $30,000 per year without government subsidies
by the Refugee Education Special Interest Group (https://
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
scholarships,
bursaries,
stipends,
A national
‘My study is the purpose of continuing my life’ Lisa Hartley et al.
5
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
www.refugeecouncil.org.au/educationsig/), which hosts
also included some quotes from community organisation
quarterly national teleconferences to discuss developing
representatives working with people seeking asylum to
challenges in this area.
help contextualise the students’ contributions.
Overview of the current study
a safe space for our research participants to share their
Consistent with our ethical stance, we sought to open experiences and to amplify their voices rather than us There is a relatively large body of work focusing on the
as researchers recasting all of their stories in our words.
educational experiences of people with refugee status;
Exploring the journey experiences of people seeking
however, most of this work relates to the school sector
asylum (including through systems and institutions
(e.g., Naidoo, Wilkinson, Adoniou, & Langat, 2018). A
like higher education) can help to ‘challenge the
central focus of the small amount of work undertaken
competing voices that come from [those] more socially
within the higher education sector includes approaches
powerful’ and allow for people’s experiences to be
to facilitating successful transitions to, and participation in,
elevated (BenEzer & Zetter, 2014, p.304). The precarious
higher education for people with refugee backgrounds, as
position of asylum-seeking students means that telling
well support mechanisms for assisting with the navigation
their stories can be felt as a risk. We have tried to bring
of linguistic and sociocultural practices (Baker & Irwin,
participants along with us throughout the process of
2019). Yet despite the growing recognition that people
the current study – which extends to our advocacy and
seeking asylum represent a particularly disadvantaged
practice beyond this project. However, even with the
group due to the uncertainty of their situation, the ongoing
best intentions, participatory research can inadvertently
impact of trauma, and their limited access to government
objectify and reduce people from a refugee background
services and support, there remains a dearth of research
(Doná, 2007). We have sought to avoid this as much
examining the experiences of such people (see, however,
as possible by seeking to learn from, and with, our
Hirsch & Maylea, 2017; White, 2017).
participants throughout each part of the research
The findings presented here are part of a larger research project involving analysis of Australian Federal
process (Block, Warr, Gibbs & Riggs, 2012).
their ability – or lack thereof – to access higher education
National Symposium: People Seeking Asylum and Higher Education
and creation of a nation-wide map of university and
In November 2017, a public symposium was convened at
community responses to the issue. However, for the
The University of Melbourne organised by the research
purposes of this paper, we focus on the findings regarding
team (the authors of this article) in collaboration with
the lived experience of people seeking asylum in higher
community sector organisations including the Refugee
education in Australia in the current restrictive socio-
Council of Australia, the Multicultural Youth Advocacy
political climate. This is critical because, currently, there
Network, and the Asylum Seeker Resource Centre, as well
are no clear indicators as to how people seeking asylum
as colleagues from the Melbourne Social Equity Institute
manage to navigate the financial, linguistic, bureaucratic,
at the University of Melbourne and Monash University
social, and cultural landscape of Australian higher
(see Hartley, Fleay, Baker, Burke & Field, 2018 for the final
education institutions.
symposium report). The symposium was organised with
Government policy about people seeking asylum and
the purpose of bringing key ‘stakeholders’ from across
Method
Australia together for the first time to discuss the ways people seeking asylum to access university study could
The data discussed in this paper have been drawn from
be better supported and focused on identifying emerging
the aforementioned participatory research project, which
challenges and future opportunities. The stakeholders
employed a mixed-methods design. The project design
included 25 students with asylum-seeking backgrounds
pertaining to the lived experience of people seeking
(both currently enrolled in higher education programs
asylum involved two main forms of data collection: a
and prospective students) and 40 representatives from
public symposium on issues of access to higher education
universities and community organisations.The symposium
for people seeking asylum (based on notes made
privileged the students’ voices and stories, thus enabling
throughout the symposium), and a series of individual
the broader community to listen to and learn from people
semi-structured
education
seeking asylum and their experiences and creating the
students with lived experience of seeking asylum.We have
possibility for rich and honest conversations about
6
interviews
with
higher
‘My study is the purpose of continuing my life’ Lisa Hartley et al.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
existing practices, challenges and setting an agenda for
the myriad challenges experienced in trying to access
collective advocacy.
higher education in Australia, including their treatment as international students and the barriers created by
Semi-Structured Interviews
complicated application processes. However, they also
As part of the broader research project, we also conducted
discussed the importance of key allies, such as a trusted
a series of semi-structured interviews with asylum-seeker
broker or friend, in enabling their participation, and
students, university representatives and representatives
many demonstrated tenacity in the face of extraordinarily
from community organisations. In this paper, we draw on
difficult circumstances.
the interviews conducted with people seeking asylum.
Six major themes emanated from the data. The first
Participants were recruited via their engagement in either
was the importance of accessing studies (scholarships;
the symposium or contacts known to the researchers. In
loans; commitment; resilience). The second was the stress
total, we conducted 11 interviews with students with
of struggling to meet living expenses while studying,
lived experience of seeking asylum and studying in higher
and the third was the impact of all of this on the mental
education residing in Western Australia, New South Wales,
health of students. The fourth theme involved support
and Victoria (ten men, one woman) and six community
for people with disabilities, health challenges, and family
organisation representatives. The interviews were either conducted
face-to-face
or over the phone, and the majority were audio recorded and transcribed by a professional transcription company.
Some
of
responsibilities, and the fifth
...currently, there are no clear indicators as to how people seeking asylum manage to navigate the financial, linguistic, bureaucratic, social, and cultural landscape of Australian higher education institutions.
the
theme was the importance of language support and the need for brokers. The sixth and final theme was the importance of higher education in the settlement of people seeking asylum.
participants did not want to be recorded for reasons of sensitivity or perceived risk, and in those cases extensive notes were made during the conversation.
All the
The importance of accessing studies
transcriptions or notes of the recordings were sent back
Scholarships
to the participants to ensure that they were happy with
The critical importance of scholarships in enabling
the representation of their conversation, and participants
access to higher education was highlighted by student
were offered the opportunity to edit or remove parts of
participants at the National Symposium as well as students
the interview if desired. We received feedback from a
taking part in the interviews. As Student Participant B
number of participants and incorporated their comments
noted in their interview:
into our report. The interview data were coded using thematic analysis, as described by Braun and Clarke (2006). In the first phase, one of the research team coded the interview transcripts into themes. In the second phase, we reviewed the initial codes and removed themes that overlapped or did not have enough data to support them. In the final stage,
I just wanted to appreciate whoever gave us this opportunity [to obtain a scholarship] ... [it] is going to open a way for us, not just me for a lot of people. I know a lot of young people just hoping to go to university to find a way to get out of this miserable life that I don’t know that life brought for them. It’s not their decision actually they had to just move, they had to, they had to escape from whatever life…
we crossed checked the themes, deliberated about any
Student participants emphasised the value of education,
themes that were unclear or appeared counter-intuitive
not simply as a means of acquiring the qualifications
then confirmed the theme names and definitions.
necessary for employment, but as essential to living a meaningful life. The opportunity to undertake study
Results
was regarded as an important tool for self-actualisation and for contributing to society, as articulated by Student
The findings represented in this section arise out of an integration of data collected from the National Symposium and the interviews with students with lived experience of seeking asylum. At the symposium and throughout the interviews, the students spoke of vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Participant C in their interview. Each person, each person has to have a purpose or goal you may say. My study is the purpose of continuing my life. If that is taken away from me, I am nothing. ‘My study is the purpose of continuing my life’ Lisa Hartley et al.
7
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
However, while the provision of fee-waiving scholarships
literacy class who also wanted to go to university, but
is a welcome response from universities to the limitations
he also reflected that he had ‘worked [his] arse off’. He
caused by Federal policy, this alone cannot support the
said, ‘I would just say that I broke the norms and made it
successful participation of people seeking asylum in
possible’.
their studies. As Engstrom and Tinto (2008) succinctly
The degree of persistence demonstrated by some
described, ‘access without support is not opportunity’;
people seeking asylum was also noted by community
therefore offering a ‘free’ place in a course is the first
organisation and educational institutional participants.
of a series of types of support that universities need to
For example, one Community Organisation Participant
offer in order to respond to the complex needs of people
noted in their interview that:
seeking asylum, particularly in the context where welfare payments are cut as a direct result of studying at university. Loans
Many students expressed a preference for loans like other
...we do see some of the most unbelievably resilient individuals going through all of these kinds of setbacks to be able to then actually succeed…I think that despite what I’m describing in terms of quite a bleak context, what we do see when people get [study opportunities] is that they really thrive
Australian students, rather than scholarships to facilitate access to studies. The desire to ‘earn’ their education, or
Student Participant D also described how he was
to reimburse the institution for the opportunity to study,
undertaking a heavier load of study in order to get through
is indicative of their willingness to contribute to the
his degree as quickly as possible given the severe financial
resettlement context and play a role in ‘giving back’ to the
constraints he faced. Despite his very heavy study load
community.
over the past two years, he expressed his gratitude for the opportunity and when asked how he was experiencing
Commitment
his studies replied that he was ‘loving it’.
Despite the significant challenges associated with
Research into the experiences of students with refugee
studying in a foreign language and unfamiliar institutional
and humanitarian status also highlights how resilience
environment with limited financial resources, student
and courage is shown by many (Eades, 2013; Earnest,
participants
to
Joyce, DeMori, & Silvagni, 2010). However, while the
successfully completing their education in Australia. A
determination of these students can be an important
desire to make family proud, and an appreciation for
factor in their overall success in higher education, a sole
educational opportunities that were denied to parents
focus on resilience can also obscure the systemic barriers
and other relatives was identified as a chief motivating
to meaningful participation in education, including racism
factor. For example, Student Participant F stated in their
and restrictive government policy, as identified in our
interview that their ‘parents never had an opportunity to
research.
maintained
a
strong
commitment
study... my parents said to me if you got the opportunity us study at, get one degree you know’. Student Participant
The stress of struggling to meet living expenses while studying
C also stated in their interview that it was:
The policyscape outlined earlier in which people seeking
just make our dream real. We want to see at least one of
…so hard to study and the first semester but I tried my best to concentrate and move forward and stuff. You know like all my families when we were kids like my father and my mum was telling us like you have to study, you have to be a good person like for community.
asylum are treated as international students has an extremely negative personal impact on students. Financial concerns are a primary cause of stress, given that the limited government financial assistance for people on a SHEV or TPV is not available for people undertaking education for longer than 12 months, and the cessation
Persistence in the face of significant challenges
of SRSS payments for increasing numbers of Bridging
Another clear theme that was present in discussions at
Visa holders. Homelessness and a lack of food seriously
the symposium and in the interviews was the students’
detract from students’ capacity to focus on their studies.
tenacity, devotion, drive to study, and the use of coping
Many student participants also identified the rapidity with
strategies to achieve good outcomes from participation in
which policy changes were implemented, and a lack of
higher education.
clear communication around the new policy stipulations
Student participant D believed that he ‘got lucky’
particularly regarding SRSS payments, as creating
reflecting on the many other people he had met in his
considerable confusion and distress. These concerns,
8
‘My study is the purpose of continuing my life’ Lisa Hartley et al.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
combined with ongoing trauma from past experiences
that he was in danger of failing if he tried to work at the
and separation from family, weighed heavily on these
same level he had been able to manage the previous year.
students.
He described never having enough money especially
The cost of living is a significant barrier to people
since his SRSS payments were stopped without prior
seeking asylum accessing higher education. One of the
notification. Despite these additional pressures on his
student participants at the National Symposium described
finances, however, he was adamant that nothing would
their daily life as a student as ‘eat, survive, study’. Student
stop him from studying.
Participant H described in their interview how difficult it was to survive even with Centrelink support: ‘… sometimes the money even that Centrelink were giving… ‘cause I was living alone…that was money was exactly for food and just the rent’ (Student Participant: Individual Interview). Other students described the great degree of stress they endured when they were suddenly cut from the SRSS scheme. As Student Participant K described in their interview: They just suddenly stopped everything. I didn’t have food money and I had to study for an assignment and I was really stressed. I said I’m going to have to go and make some, find food or I have to do assignment. [I was] really struggling and I was just, the problem was I couldn’t concentrate. I forced myself to study...
Student Participant E described the following in their interview: I know a lot of people are struggling with their study as well in my situation….I can say we are going through a lot of stressful life, it’s not an easy life like others just coming to university and cheering up and just focussing on the study. We have a lot of other concerns as well. In my case I have to work and study at the same time. And I have to find actually a fulltime job to cover my expenses so it’s going to be hard for me to do my assignment and yeah get on with my study load. The difficult and very specific challenges that these students face with regards to meeting living costs and consequent labour exploitation was also highlighted by a number of higher educational and community organisation participants. As one Community Organisation Participant
Frequently, assistance from community organisations provided the only means by which students were able to survive while continuing their studies. For example, Student Participant D described going to the Red Cross and telling them: I am homeless, I am an engineering student, they couldn’t believe it. They said are you serious? I say yes … and they gave me, I think they gave me two gift cards for Coles… I say what will happen next week and this was on my brain (Student Participant: Individual Interview).
put it in their interview: I just don’t know how they’re going to survive… It’s a hard flog for them but then they look at their mates… and some of them have worked really crappy, have been exploited in shitty jobs in Sydney where they’re getting paid a pittance (Community Organisation Participant: Individual Interview). Unmistakably, students who are seeking asylum are significantly disadvantaged as they cannot access income support as other Australian students. While a range of universities who offer full fee-paying/fee-waiver
The costs of living, and a lack of financial support from
scholarships also offer income support for helping to
the government, means that students – even those with a
contribute to living expenses, more needs to be done.
full fee-paying/fee-waiving scholarship – are required to
Federal policy change which ensures all people seeking
work. Difficulties balancing work and study forces people
asylum and refugees have access to income and student
seeking asylum into part-time study in order to have the
support on par with other Australians would be the
ability to work enough to afford basic living expenses.
ultimate solution, but in the interim, income support
However, at some universities, students receiving a
and subsidised accommodation for students who receive
scholarship or stipend are required to maintain a full-time
scholarships is a necessary first step.
study load, which exacerbates the difficulty of balancing education with the hours of work necessary to pay for
Impacts on mental health
food and accommodation.
The third major theme involved the stresses of adjusting to
One
student
by
new academic life while coping with financial difficulties
working 20 hours a week in a restaurant, which was a
and living in an extremely precarious and uncertain
reduction from the nearly full-time job he had while he
situation, which has a significant, negative impact on
was undertaking his Diploma course. The student had
students’ mental health. The long-term uncertainty
to reduce his paid work because he had a ‘gut feeling’
around their future in Australia due to the lack of access
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
described
supporting
himself
‘My study is the purpose of continuing my life’ Lisa Hartley et al.
9
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
to permanent protection and the right to family reunion,
accessing appropriate and affordable health care and
the mental health impacts of detention, and living in the
support while undertaking studies. More information
community for years without the right to work, amplifies
needs to be collected about the numbers of students
the trauma experienced in their country of origin and
seeking asylum who struggle with ongoing health and
while fleeing. These significant pressures can act as
disability issues and the official structures in place to
further barriers to higher education making it difficult
support such students.
for people seeking asylum to focus on their studies. As Student Participant D described in their interview:
People seeking asylum with children, particularly women, who are not able to access affordable childcare
When I came here I started in my first semester, imagine…knowing nobody and being in the shock with the [new study environment], fulltime study, … English as a second language and studying [a difficult subject] and all that and you get a letter from the Department [of Immigration], you may apply [for refugee status] and you have no money to get a lawyer to help you. I did my application myself, and my statement, I had a draft of the statement and I had to work on it and it was the most depressing year of my life
also face further barriers to accessing higher education. For students with responsibilities to financially support family members either in Australia or elsewhere, there is the added barrier of needing to find employment given the lack of access to student financial support.
The importance of language support and the need for navigational brokers Developing English language proficiency is a key barrier
People seeking asylum also have to endure not seeing
to finding employment and accessing education and can
their families who remain in the country they fled and
be a source of social isolation and marginalisation (for
not knowing when – or if – they will ever see them again.
example, Ager & Strang, 2008; Fozdar & Hartley, 2013).
Some have endured separation from family members after
Being essentially locked out of government-funded free
they arrived in Australia. As Student Participant F put it in
English language classes due to the temporary nature of
their interview: ‘I got depressed because they separated
their visa means that developing language proficiency
my brother and I at the first day coming out of detention.’
is much more challenging for people seeking asylum
Community organisation participants also noted the
and places a significant burden on the individual to find
negative mental health impacts of living in extreme
affordable ways of learning the host country’s language.
uncertainty. For example, one community organisation
In our study, community organisations observed the need
representative
insecurity,
for greater and more specialised English language support
indexing what van Kooy and Bowman (2019) refer to as
as a chief priority and we note here that many offer free
‘manufactured precarity’:
classes to people seeking asylum. People who were pre-
lamented
this
sense
of
The stress of not knowing about what’s going to happen in your future. And that visa processing can take you know up to five years or sometimes longer. Depending on the situation and what’s decided, it really does take a huge toll on people and their mental health. And can cause things like depression and anxiety, which then again has an impact on peoples’ ability to engage in education and employment.
or semi-literate in their first language(s) were particularly
Mental health pressures and pre-existing trauma are
language adds an additional, but invisible, language load
exacerbated by the lack of time for self-care. High study
on their studies. As Student Participant G articulated, ‘I
and employment workloads leave little time for people
have to study a lot, especially as a second language you
seeking asylum to create a work/life balance. Greater
have to make it double sort of’. For this student, like many
financial support was identified as one way in which
others, this additional work (of translating, of reading
students could reduce their hours in the workplace and
course materials several times, of practising writing
maintain a healthier and more sustainable lifestyle.
and checking its accuracy) is on top of their paid work,
Support for people with disability, health challenges, and family responsibilities
affected. When it comes to accessing tertiary education, a person’s language proficiency can provide significant barriers, not only to meeting the entry requirements of the institution but also in terms of their participation in their studies. For people seeking asylum, studying in English
travelling, and caring responsibilities, and thus constitutes a significant burden on their time. In addition to establishing fluency in academic
As raised at the National Symposium, students with
language and terminology of their discipline, students also
ongoing health concerns and disabilities are a particularly
need to develop the academic literacies through which
vulnerable group of people, especially with regard to
they can demonstrate successful learning, and which will
10
‘My study is the purpose of continuing my life’ Lisa Hartley et al.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
help them to secure meaningful employment after they
successful, successful settlement....what we want to see is
have completed their studies. There is therefore a need
social inclusion and people being able to participate fully
to support the language and literacies development of
in their new community’.
culturally and linguistically diverse students, especially for people seeking asylum who are likely to have experienced
Discussion
disruptions to their education, and who do not have easy access to free English language tuition. Tertiary education
This first Australian-wide research highlights that people
institutions need to ensure that sufficient and responsive
seeking asylum face complex and specific challenges
support for academic language, literacies, and cultural
and barriers to higher education access and enrolment.
navigation are available.
These barriers function as a compound set of injustices.
A number of student participants highlighted the
In addition to the financial implications of the barriers,
importance of key people, such as a trusted broker or
they are also causing considerable distress and eroding
friend, to help at all stages of the process of accessing
the hopeful possibilities that engaging in education can
higher education including locating courses, scholarships,
offer. A major barrier is that the only current pathway
writing
and
submitting
course
and
scholarship
applications, transition
and
into
the
university
life. One student who had a disability described that successful
transition
to
university had only been
to
Mental health pressures and pre-existing trauma are exacerbated by the lack of time for self-care. High study and employment workloads leave little time for people seeking asylum to create a work/life balance.
possible through having a
accessing
higher
education is being granted admission as an international student,
resulting
from
the temporary nature of the visa they are issued by the Australian Federal Government. This
means
that they are ineligible for
mentor and friends. Another student who was present at
Government programs designed to assist students with
the National Symposium spoke positively of the profound
financing higher study including the Higher Education
impact that key people within community and university
Loans Program, Commonwealth Supported Places, and
sectors have had in enabling access to higher education:
concession rates. Therefore, for most, this entry-point is
‘I am an example of what the community can do…
financially prohibitive.
when the community takes responsibility for others’. It is
Another significant barrier that originates at the federal
therefore important that both educational and community
policy level is the lack of access to student or other
institutions recognise and valorise the efforts of these
forms of income support for people seeking asylum. Our
trusted people, so that their efforts do not go unseen.
research highlights that this puts students from asylum-
The role of higher education in the settlement of people seeking asylum
seeking backgrounds at even greater risk of destitution and homelessness, and places substantial pressure on them to try to balance work and study while living
Another common theme across all data sources was the
with extreme uncertainty. Further barriers given their
importance of viewing higher education in the context
temporary visa status include difficulties in accessing
of successful settlement in Australia. Some community
enabling courses and a lack of access to affordable English
organisation and student participants articulated the
language courses. In addition, people seeking asylum
need to provide career support and guidance, along with
are forced to endure a policy landscape that is not only
scholarships and stipends, in order to ensure that the
hostile but also highly changeable with very little or no
choice of degree would not only satisfy the interests of the
warning, which creates considerable stress and confusion.
student but would provide them with a realistic pathway
A range of Australian universities have responded to
to ongoing employment. This would help to address the
these restrictive government policies by implementing
situation in which students undertake a course of study
mechanisms to support access to higher education
because it is dictated by the terms of their scholarship,
coupled with community sector advocacy and support.
or because it was a strategic choice in their country of
Our broader research project highlights that these
origin, without any knowledge of the Australian job
efforts have resulted in more than 204 people seeking
market and professional prospects. As one Community
asylum studying in 23 universities across the country on
Organisation Participant said in their interview:‘It’s about
scholarships that meet their full tuition fees, as of October
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
‘My study is the purpose of continuing my life’ Lisa Hartley et al.
11
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
2018 (Hartley et al., 2018). Some of these universities also
that people seeking asylum face in accessing higher
offer living allowances (ranging from one-off case-by-case
education need to be addressed including the need for
payments to $7,500 per year), language support, and other
permanent protection visas to be issued to all who have
measures. Other institutions offer partial-scholarships,
been recognised as a refugee. This recommendation is
that is, they were still paying international fees, but partial
most pressing in light of the re-election of the Coalition
scholarships were used to contribute to the cost of the
Government in May 2019, which has committed to
degree. While data were not collected on this cohort of
continue the restrictive policies. Collective and sustained
students, a number of universities disclosed that they
efforts directed at realising this are clearly needed.
offered partial scholarships. Based on the numbers provided of people seeking asylum who had been offered
Ackowledgement
these scholarships, there were at least 15 people seeking asylum studying in this situation. However, the numbers
The research presented in this paper is from a project
in this cohort are likely to be higher as not all universities
funded by the National Centre for Student Equity and
that offer partial scholarships disclosed these numbers or
Higher Education, which can be accessed from: https://
had access to such data.
www.ncsehe.edu.au/publications/people-seeking-asylum-
These measures are seen as critical and welcome
in-australia-access-and-support-in-higher-education/.
responses by our participants. The advocacy of community organisations for the establishment of
Lisa Hartley is Senior Lecturer at the Centre for Human
such scholarships and income support, and the bridge
Rights Education, Curtin University, Western Australia, where
they provide between people seeking asylum and
she conducts research with people seeking asylum and her
the complex admissions and scholarship application
interdisciplinary research is focused on questions of human
process, are also seen as critical. However, there are
rights and social change.
many other people seeking asylum who remain unable
Contact: lisa.hartley@curtin.edu.au
to access a scholarship and/or meet the university entry requirements. There are also challenges related to the effectiveness of scholarships and other measures as well as the retention, participation, success of, and support for people seeking asylum in their studies.
Conclusion University scholarships for people seeking asylum that meet the full cost of tuition fees, coupled with a living allowance and other support, have enabled access to higher education for more than 200 people across Australia. The determination and commitment of these students to their studies, while living in situations of extreme uncertainty and receiving minimal support compared with most other students in Australia, is clear
Sally Baker is a Lecturer in equity, academic language and literacies and higher education and is also a co-chair of the Australian Refugee Education Special Interest Group for/ with students from refugee backgrounds, supported by the Refugee Council of Australia (http://www.refugeecouncil.org. au/ourwork/educationsig/). Caroline Fleay is an Associate Professor at the Centre for Human Rights Education, Curtin University, where she conducts research with people seeking asylum and is currently a Board Member of the Refugee Council of Australia. Rachel Burke is Senior Lecturer in the School of Education, at the University of Newcastle, NSW, whose work focuses on linguistically and culturally diverse educational contexts, the critical examination of policyscape, and praxis-driven approaches to language and literacies education.
and needs to be lauded. The university and community organisations responsible for the scholarships and other forms of support are also to be commended. However, further measures need to be provided by other universities to ensure that these opportunities are available to people seeking asylum across the country; it is also essential that universities ensure that these students receive support that is necessary for their retention, participation, and success in their studies. Most critically, the Australian Federal Government policies underpinning the most significant barriers
12
‘My study is the purpose of continuing my life’ Lisa Hartley et al.
References Ager, A. & Strang, A. (2008). Understanding Integration: A Conceptual Framework. Journal of Refugee Studies, 21(2), 166–191. Baker, S.& Irwin, E. (2019). Disrupting the dominance of ‘linear pathways’: how academic language and navigational confusion create ‘stuck places’ for refugee students’ transitions into higher education, Research Papers in Education, https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/02671522.2019.163 3561?af=R BenEzer, G. & Zetter, R. (2014). Searching for directions: Conceptual and methodological challenges in researching refugee journeys, Journal of Refugee Studies, 28(3), 297–318. vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Block, K, Warr, D. Gibbs, l. & Riggs, E. (2012). Addressing ethical and methodological challenges in research with refugee-background young people: Reflections from the Field. Journal of Refugee Studies, 26(1), 69–87.
Hartley, L.K. & Pedersen, A. (2015). Asylum seekers and resettled refugees in Australia: Predicting social policy support prejudice versus emotion. Journal of Social and Political Psychology, 3(1), 179–197.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, 77–101.
Hirsch, A. (2015). Barriers to education for people seeking asylum and refugees on temporary visas. Refugee Council of Australia. Retrieved from http://www.refugeecouncil.org.au/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/1512-Education. pdf
Department of Home Affairs (2018). IMA legacy caseload: Report on processing status and outcomes. Retrieved from https://www.homeaffairs.gov.au/researchand-stats/files/ima-legacy-caseload-august-2018.pdf – 15 November 2018.pdf Doná, G. (2007). The microphysics of participation in refugee research. Journal of Refugee Studies, 20(2), 210–229. Eades, D. (2013). Resilience and refugees: From individualised trauma to post traumatic growth. M/C Journal, 16(5) Retrieved from http://journal.mediaculture.org.au/index.php/mcjournal/article/view/700 Earnest, J., Joyce, A., de Mori, G., & Silvagni, G. (2010). Are Universities Responding to the Needs of Students from Refugee Backgrounds? Australian Journal of Education, 54(2), 155–174. Engstrom, C. & Tinto, T. (2008) Access Without Support is not Opportunity. Change: The Magazine of Higher Learning, 40(1), 46–50 Fleay, C. Lumbus, A. & Hartley, L. (2016). People Seeking Asylum in Australia and their Access to Employment: Just What Do We Know?, Cosmopolitan Civil Societies: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 8(2), 63–83. Fozdar, F., & Hartley, L. (2013). Refugee Resettlement in Australia: What We Know and Need to Know. Refugee Survey Quarterly, 32(3), 23-51. Hartley, L. & Fleay, C. (2014). Policy as Punishment – Asylum Seekers in the Community Without the Right to Work. Centre for Human Rights Education, Curtin University: Perth. Hartley, L., Fleay, C., Baker, S., Burke, R., & Field, R. (2018). People Seeking Asylum in Australia: Access and Support in Higher Education. National Centre for Student Equity in Higher Education: Curtin University, Perth.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Hirsch, A. & Maylea, C. (2017). Education Denied: People Seeking Asylum and Refugees Trapped in Limbo. (2016). Retrieved from https://ssrn.com/ abstract=2916950 McCarthy, P. K. & Dauba, I. (2017). How do I pay for my studies in Australia? SBS. Retrieved from https://www.sbs.com.au/yourlanguage/punjabi/en/ article/2017/11/01/how-do-i-pay-my-studies-australia Naidoo, L. Wilkinson, J., Adoniou, M., & Langat, K. (2018). Refugee background students transitioning into higher education. Springer, Singapore Refugee Council of Australia (2015). Barriers to education for people seeking asylum and refugees on temporary visas. Retrieved from http://www. refugeecouncil.org.au/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/1512-Education.pdf UNHCR (United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees) (2017). Left Behind: Refugee Education in Crisis. Retrieved from http://www.unhcr. org/en-au/events/conferences/59c4bd3b7/behind-refugee-education-crisis. html?query=left%20behind. van Kooy, J. And Bowman, D. (2019). ‘Surrounded with so much uncertainty’: asylum seekers and manufactured precarity in Australia. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 45(5), 693–710. White, J. (2017). The banality of exclusion in Australian universities. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(11), 1142–1155.
‘My study is the purpose of continuing my life’ Lisa Hartley et al.
13
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
W(h)ither the honours degree in Australian universities? Louise Horstmanshof & Bill Boyd Southern Cross University
Australian universities offer diverse approaches to bachelor’s (honours) degrees as a means of dealing with a range of contemporary demands. These demands include responding to (i) the Bologna Declaration, (ii) tensions between the conventional role for honours as a PhD pathway and an emerging role for honours as professional development, and (iii) the rigid Commonwealth funding model for honours. Benchmarking of honours across the Australian higher education sector remains problematic, much as it did in the 2009 Australian Learning and Teaching Council review of Australian honours programs. Little research into honours degrees has been done since that review. Nevertheless, while honours degrees continue as a pathway to higher degree research, other modes of honours and other programs (e.g. master’s) vie for equivalent status in the Australian higher education sector, each seeking to adapt to professional development and accreditation education demands. These shifts raise questions about the role of honours in Australian higher education, hence our question, ‘W(h)ither the honours degree in Australian universities?’ Keywords: honours degrees, bachelor’s degrees, PhD pathways
Introduction
for a research or academic career. Instead, they are often preparing for research-integrated practice in their various
The Australian bachelor’s (honours) program is a distinctly
fields of endeavour. In response, a continuing discussion
Australian product, recognised nationally as the traditional
across Australian universities is occurring related to the
pathway to a PhD. Globalisation and the importance of
role and form of honours programs, with some discussions
international mobility have exerted their influence on
broaching the possibility of moving away from offering
the nature and purpose of the honours degree to provide
an honours program (e.g. Schweinsberg, Wearing, &
an internationally recognised and globally transferrable
McManus, 2013).
award (Bishop, 2006). There is, however, a tension
We trace the multiple meanings and models of the
between preparing students for a research pathway – the
honours degree and note how Australian universities are
conventional role of honours programs – and preparing
positioning themselves to provide for the needs of their
students to meet the demands and complexity of the
students and the communities they serve. The honours
world of work outside academia (Australian Learning and
program offers several advantages to students, notably
Teaching Council, 2009; Barron & Zeegers, 2012). While
that it is shorter and less complex than either the research
many students are looking to enhance their knowledge and
master’s or the PhD in Australia. The honours degree is
skills in research to understand and implement evidence-
regarded as an undergraduate degree, and importantly,
based approaches better, they are not necessarily looking
this qualifies students to benefit from the undergraduate
14
W(h)ither the honours degree in Australian universities? Louise Horstmanshof & Bill Boyd
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
funding arrangements. Both within the scholarly culture of
They argued that the Australian honours degree was
universities and embedded in the Australian Government’s
poorly understood, both nationally and internationally,
own guidelines and definitions (AQFC, 2013), an honours
especially since it varied substantially across disciplines
degree in Australia is also recognised as implying a higher
and between universities. They noted its hybrid
level of achievement than a bachelor’s degree, and therefore
nature: while having significance as a ‘pathway to and
graduates may be seen as more employable.
prerequisite for direct entry into doctoral programs’, they
The implication of this situation is that across the
also argue that it is seen as ‘a qualification, an experience,
Australian university sector there are several models of
or a program’ (p. 619). Indeed, the Australian Learning and
honours on offer. Some reflect traditional understandings
Teaching Council’s commissioned review into honours in
of academic and scholarly progression – i.e. as pathways
Australian higher education in 2008, found that ‘honours’
to PhD studies – while others are more closely aligned
has ‘multiple meanings and models and the privileging
with the requirements for registration as a discipline
of any one tends to undermine the others’ (Australian
specific practitioner. At the same time, some disciplines
Learning and Teaching Council, 2009, p.2).
do not have honours, and rather provide a professional
Kiley, Boud et al. (2009) found that honours degrees
entry to PhD studies via master’s programs. Despite these
were highly valued within the Australian higher education
complex and unresolved issues, there is a notable sparsity
context, but not necessarily beyond. They reported that
of recent literature on the Australian honours degree (D.
an honours degree in Australia holds a pivotal position
Boud, pers. comm., 12 August 2018).
between the undergraduate and postgraduate degrees. However, there are many differing practices among
Background: the 1999 Bologna Declaration
honours degrees. These have evolved in response to a range of student and discipline needs, staff expertise,
Increasing globalisation and academic mobility place a
professional association and employer requirements
focus on transportability of educational achievement and
(Halcomb, Smyth, Moxham, Traynor, & Fernandez, 2018;
qualifications. The 1990 Bologna declaration provides a
Kiley, Moyes, & Clayton, 2009). Questions about success
framework for this, in its adoption of a system of ‘easily
rates,
readable and comparable degrees’ (European Ministers of
numbers and drop-out rates continue to cycle (Flynn &
Education, 1999 para 9). The system comprises two main
Brydon, 2013; Kiley, Boud et al., 2009). Many honours
cycles: undergraduate and postgraduate. Entry into the
programs are therefore under pressure both from
postgraduate cycle depends upon successful completion of
within and outside the university. It seems that nothing
the first cycle. Facilitating academic mobility, both between
much has changed in the past decade, with Australian
institutions and internationally, relies on comparable
honours programs continuing to be broadly defined and
curricula, itself driven by standard criteria and methods
operationalised (Flynn & Brydon, 2013; Halcomb et al.,
to provide quality assurance in curriculum development.
2018). In fact, a ‘climate of tensions and concerns’ has
The Bologna Process and its Diploma Supplement provide
enveloped the Australian honours degree for many years
that framework and is now recognised as the instrument
(Australian Learning and Teaching Council, 2009, p. 10;
allowing global evaluation of qualifications.
D.Boud. pers. comm., 12 August 2018).
completions,
projects,
resources,
enrolment
In 2006, the Australian Federal Minister for Education,
There is much debate about the purpose of this
Science and Training commenced a discussion around
Australian specific pathway to higher degree research in
Australia responding to the Bologna Process.The Minister
view of globalisation and international mobility on the
argued it was important to consider the ‘long-term vision
one hand, and sustainability and affordability for students
for higher education in Australia’ (Bishop, 2006), and by
and their institutions, on the other. Honours programs
2009 Australia, along with several other countries, was
continue to be difficult to benchmark, owing to the range
actively engaged with the Bologna Process.The Australian
and variation across programs, disciplines, schools and
response included the development of an Australian
universities. Regardless of the variation, the common
Diploma Supplement, known as the Australian Higher
goal is to assist students to transition from knowledge
Education Graduate Statement (AHEGS). This active
acquisition to knowledge production (Manathunga, Kiley,
engagement with the Bologna Process resulted in the
Boud, & Cantwell, 2012). Nevertheless, there is concern
review of many aspects of higher education.
that the honours as an extended bachelor’s qualification
Of note here is the exploration by Kiley, Boud, Cantwell and Manathunga (2009) of the Australian honours degree. vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
may not be providing optimal preparation for candidates seeking research training (McGagh et al., 2016)
W(h)ither the honours degree in Australian universities? Louise Horstmanshof & Bill Boyd
15
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
It should be noted that there are similar concerns
Consequently, the honours degree has been interpreted
about relevance and purpose around other degree
differently across disciplines, universities and countries
programs. Doctoral degrees are also under review and
(Anderson et al., 2018; Kiley et al., 2011).
transformation, both nationally and internationally. The
The value of undertaking an honours degree is described
professional doctorate is gaining favour, heralding an
by Australian universities in various ways. Honours
increasingly industrially focused move towards doctoral
degrees provide advantages both for a potential employer
education paralleling the expanded collaboration between
and the student. Successful completion of honours studies
universities and industry (McGagh et al., 2016). In a period
demonstrates a range of capacities around identifying
of increasing globalisation and other international social,
and addressing a complex problem, mastering scholarly
economic and cultural transformations (Walker, Campbell,
skills, conducting independent investigation, and writing
Duff, & Cummings, 2016), the important discussion is not
at a high intellectual level. Currently, honours degrees
merely about the role of research in higher education and
comprise the primary pathway to enrolment in a PhD.
the changing nature of the knowledge product (Cashin,
However, while regarded as an appropriate preparation
2018), but goes to the heart of the challenges of multi-
for further higher degree research, these abilities are also
disciplinary and transdisciplinary scholarship (Fillery-
deemed attractive to future employers.
Travis, 2018).The important move is from purely academic enquiry, through which candidates make a ‘unique and significant contribution to knowledge’ (Jones, 2018), to
International perspectives on honours programs
practice-based research. The professional doctorate now requires candidates who are not novices at entry, but
The bachelor’s degree with honours has been in existence
experienced professional people (Fillery-Travis & Robinson,
in the UK for over two hundred years, having first been
2018). These new generation professional doctorates have
introduced at Oxford University early in the nineteenth
emerged to address the growing multi-cultural, multi-
century (Universities UK/SCOP, 2004). It provides a
disciplinary and technical demands of the environments in
summative assessment of a student’s achievement in an
which such experienced professional people work (Lester,
undergraduate honours degree program (Universities
2004).This shift shines a light on the relevance of honours
UK, 2007). Such graduates have acquired ‘understanding
programs as pathways to doctoral studies.
of a complex body of knowledge, a wide range of highlevel skills and a broad level of experience’ (p. 56). There
Multiple meanings and models of the honours degree
is no mention anywhere of this degree being a pathway to a research higher degree, although there is a clear expectation that a graduate would have acquired the
The honours degree has different meanings across
skills and knowledge to comment on aspects of current
countries, disciplines and degrees (Anderson, Johnston,
research in a discipline.
Gunnarsson, & Larkins, 2018; Kiley, Boud, Manathunga,
Scottish universities have a different system and
& Cantwell, 2011). In Australia, an honours program
award some undergraduate degrees as master’s degrees
is intended as a link between undergraduate and
rather than as bachelor’s degrees (e.g. MA (Hons) and
postgraduate research (Shaw & Holbrook, 2006). In most
MSc (Hons)). These are four-year programs progressing
cases, an honours degree requires an additional year of
from typical undergraduate content to higher order
study after the successful completion of a three-year
scholarship that bridges undergraduate and postgraduate
undergraduate degree. This fourth year involves in-depth
levels (University of Edinburgh, 2019). The honours
research into an issue or question. It is an undergraduate
degree in Ireland is a graduate entry one-year program,
degree. However, this is not the only model, and in some
providing additional in-depth and specialised knowledge;
disciplines, the honours level is integrated into bachelor’s
interestingly, it is not necessarily regarded as a pathway to
programs as a third and fourth, or final year. Beyond this
a higher research degree, although variations occur, such
binary definition of honours lies considerable variation
as the Single Honours History four-year program at Trinity
in modes of offering and practice, developed in response
College Dublin, with its final year dissertation (Trinity
to
College Dublin, 2019); the master of research degree is
discipline-
and
profession-specific
professional
requirements and the needs of students, employers,
the accepted PhD pathway in Ireland (FindAPhD, 2019).
community and industry as well as scholarly discipline
In Canada, bachelor’s degrees vary by province and
cultures (Kiley, Boud, et al., 2009; Shaw & Holbrook, 2006).
discipline, requiring three to four years of full-time study.
16
W(h)ither the honours degree in Australian universities? Louise Horstmanshof & Bill Boyd
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Programs may be general or specialised; the honours
undergraduate honours degree in Australia. Baron and
baccalaureate degree has a greater focus on the program’s
Zeegers (2012) acknowledge the tension that arises
area of study and reflects higher levels of achievement
when honours is positioned as a fourth-year skills-based
than the ordinary bachelor’s degree. In some programs, an
program focused on the workplace, while viewed by the
additional year of study may be required for honours, and
academy as the preparation and prerequisite for entry
generally a master’s degree provides the PhD pathway (ELS,
to a PhD. They argue that these competing pressures for
2019).The higher education system in the United States of
‘advanced vocational training and preliminary research
America differs from other systems (EEN, 2019). Honours
training for doctoral research’ (p.35) are heightened by
denotes a level of academic excellence as a summative
the necessity for universities to provide research cohorts
assessment of achievement, while the successful attainment
that attract funding.
of a master’s degree provides the pathway to a PhD.
The status of the honours degree in Australia has mostly escaped review and scrutiny since the Murray report on
The Australian honours degree
Australian Universities (Murray et al., 1957). While the Bologna Declaration and the 2009 review commissioned
In Australia, the honours degree has been the conventional
by the Australian Learning and Teaching Council into
pathway to higher research degrees and an academic
honours (Kiley et al., (2011)) generated interest and
career (Anderson et al., 2018). In the 1980s, honours
publications in this area, there has been little recent
programs primarily linked undergraduate studies and
literature on the Australian honours degree. Zeegers
postgraduate research (Shaw & Holbrook, 2006); today,
and Barron (2009) contend that the tension between
the honours degree remains the most common pathway
preparing students for a research pathway on the one hand
to PhD enrolment, while the bachelor’s degree remains
and needing the fourth year to prepare graduates for ‘the
the most common pathway to a master’s by research
more demanding segments of employment niches’ (p. 573)
degree (Australian Government, 2017).
on the other, raises ‘issues of pedagogy as well as policy’.
According to the Australian Qualifications Framework
This tension may be addressed to a large extent by the
Council, the purpose of the honours degree is ‘to
master’s by coursework and the professional doctorate.
qualify individuals who apply a body of knowledge in a
However, the honours degree is one instance in which an
specific context to undertake professional work and as a
undergraduate degree (a bachelor’s degree with honours)
pathway for research and further learning’ (AQFC, 2013).
outranks a postgraduate degree (a master’s, for example) as
It is specified as a level 8 qualification in the Australian
a pathway to higher research degrees (Barron & Zeegers,
Qualifications Framework (AQF), which states that students
2012; Zeegers & Barron, 2009). A first-class honours
achieving at this level will ‘have advanced knowledge and
degree is required to qualify for the principal Australian
skills for professional or highly skilled work and/or further
Government Research Training Program scholarship
learning’. Further, the volume of learning is ‘typically
(formerly Australian Postgraduate Awards). An exceptional
one year following a bachelor degree’, but ‘may also be
master’s degree with a relevant research component
embedded in a Bachelor Degree’ as an additional year: an
that has been formally assessed and which has attained a
Honours degree ‘can be achieved as either a stand-alone
standard that is rated as exceptional or outstanding, also
degree following the completion of a Bachelor Degree or
qualifies for the Research Training Program scholarship.
as part of a cluster of qualifications comprising a Bachelor
The difference here is not only the duration of the two
Degree and Bachelor Honours Degree’. Two important
degrees, but the fact that the honours degree is at AQF
principles are relevant: (i) research is a core pedagogical
level 8 while the master’s degree is AQF level 9.
element; and (ii) the term ‘honours’ is not intended to
Zeegers and Barron (2009) argue that the unique
denote ‘meritorious achievement for an AQF qualification’
position and status of the Australian honours degree should
(Australian Qualifications Framework Council, 2013).While
imply consistency in their implementation and guidance
the Australian Government’s Tertiary Education Quality and
in terms of what it means across the Australian university
Standards Agency (TEQSA) acknowledges that honours
sector. Apart from the two formats mentioned – the three
degrees provide pathways to further research training and
years plus one honours year and the embedded four-year
may include a substantial research component, they are not
undergraduate degree – there are also inconsistencies
measured against their research Standards (TEQSA, 2018).
in grading and output across the sector. In 1995, the
These statements indicate some of the complexity
Australian Vice-Chancellors’ Committee provided a set of
and confusion that exists in our understanding of the
guidelines for good practice for the Fourth Year Honours
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
W(h)ither the honours degree in Australian universities? Louise Horstmanshof & Bill Boyd
17
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Program (AVCC, 1995). In this document, the honours
graduate coursework program. The graduate entry one-
program was described as an add-on fourth year following
year honours degree, nevertheless remains their pathway
a bachelor’s degree. This committee has been superseded
to a graduate research degree, and the University’s Faculty
by Universities Australia and, interestingly, the document
of Arts 110 Scholarship scheme provides scholarships for
in question cannot be located through database searches,
honours students (University of Melbourne, 2019). Monash
even with the help of a qualified librarian. However,
University signed a Memorandum of Understanding
several universities have adopted and adapted these
with the University of Bologna in 2016, and now offers
guidelines, such as Federation University, who state that
a PhD student exchange program (Monash University,
the document in question was last accessed in 2003
2016). It continues to offer the graduate entry one-year
(Federation University Australia, 2013).
honours degree, except in Engineering and Law where an honours degree is awarded as a summative assessment of
Australian adaptations to accommodate the Bologna Declaration
a student’s academic achievement. New generation universities are also reconsidering their options about honours programs. Our own
An illustration of the variation of concept and execution of
university, Southern Cross University, for example, is
the honours degree in Australian universities is the relatively
typical of the sector, with a range of honours programs
recent move by Macquarie University (2013) to repurpose
offered across Schools and disciplines. All are consistent
their honours degree as a ‘master of research’ (Kilmeny,
with accreditation and AQF requirements, and generally
2012). This move was motivated by the University’s aim
comprise some variation of one-year pathways to higher
for better recognition of this qualification by overseas
degree research, based on a research project that is
audiences, as the honours degree in Australia is frequently
relevant to the student’s discipline or future vocation.
viewed internationally as equivalent to a master’s degree
Honours in the arts and social sciences, for example, is
(Kilmeny, 2012). The then deputy vice-chancellor believed
a one-year program providing research training in which,
this change would provide greater transportability of the
while considered to be the pathway to higher degree
qualification for Macquarie University’s graduates and be
research, can also enable students to develop investigative
attractive to overseas students wishing to do a PhD (Kilmeny,
skills of vocational relevance, or produce a creative
2012).This change was not merely one of name, but one of
thesis (exegesis) with a non-text component. Honours in
improving the coursework standard by providing a greater
tourism management and education are, likewise, one-year
focus on research techniques. The master’s of research at
programs of independent study to develop research skills;
Macquarie University is a core pathway to a PhD or MPhil,
typical of such programs at the University, they are based
providing an international standard two-year full-time
on a research apprentice pedagogical model, supported by
research training curriculum. This approach is consistent
coursework, often with a strong methodology or literature
with the Bologna model. More recently, Professor Isak
review basis. Other programs in Indigenous studies, law,
Pretorius, DVC Research at Macquarie University, reported
environmental science and social science follow similar
that his University’s ‘brave but forward looking decision’ to
models, with varying degrees of coursework, but all
abolish the honours degree and replace it with a two year
focused on the apprenticeship model. Engineering, on the
master’s of research degree was the right one (I. Pretorius,
other hand, provides a model of customised professional
pers. comm., 03 August 2018; NTEU, 2011; Kiley, 2018). It
development honours. Embedded in bachelor’s programs,
has provided students with a superior pathway towards
the engineering honours programs are structured around
the PhD, he claims. He cites evidence that the university’s
Engineers Australia’s key graduate competencies and are
annual higher degree research completions have doubled
strongly focused on project engineering with the fourth
within the past five years, and that completion rates
year dedicated to an engineering research thesis.
continue to improve.
Health programs provide a particularly interesting case
While other Australian universities state they are aligned
study of the variability with which Australian universities
with the Bologna model, many retain the Australian style
approach honours. While some areas of health also
honours degrees. In 2006, the University of Melbourne
follow the one-year model, they offer flexibility reflecting
created a 3+2 model (a combined three-year bachelor
student career needs. The recent change at our university
plus two-year master’s program) like the Bologna
in honours psychology, from an embedded (four-year)
model (McPhee, 2008), allowing students to complete
program to a one-year program reflects needs for a
a generalist program before enrolling in a specialist
pathway to professional accreditation; further structural
18
W(h)ither the honours degree in Australian universities? Louise Horstmanshof & Bill Boyd
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
changes are afoot as the university seeks to find an
since, and despite, the Australian Learning and Teaching
optimal way to address professional accreditation. Such
Council review of honours in 2009 (Kiley, Boud, et al.,
moves are mirrored elsewhere in the higher education
2009). Despite the adoption of the Bologna Declaration,
sector in Australia. Despite having removed honours from
changes in other levels of higher education programs,
all programs, for example, Macquarie University continues
shifts in relationships between universities, industry
to offer the honours degree as a pathway for Psychology
and the professions, honours programs continue to
registration (N. Mansfield, pers. comm., 06 August 2018;
be considered to be the traditional pathway to higher
Macquarie University, 2019).
degree research.
Honours in other health areas also reflect professional
However, there is a proliferation of models, largely
development needs; students undertake honours studies
responding to professional development and accreditation
within
develop
demands, and students appear, regardless of the model
professional research expertise, a practice appearing at
transition-to-practice
programs
to
of honours, to be using honours both as a pathway to
other universities.The University of Tasmania, for example,
access higher degree research and professional careers.
offers a Bachelor of Nursing with Clinical Honours
In reflecting on these tensions, David Boud, one of
(Transition to Practice) as a work-integrated learning
the authors of the Australian Learning and Teaching
course for newly registered nurses in their first year of
Council’s 2009 report (Kiley, Boud, et al., 2009), confirms
practice (University of Tasmania, 2019). Instead of being
that honours degrees in Australian higher education
a research pathway or a professional specialist stream, it
remain an ‘unsolved dilemma’ (D. Boud, pers. comm., 12
is customised to the students’ workplaces, and comprises
August 2018). He believes that universities are trapped
a learning contract, a customised clinical project and a
in an unsustainable position by government funding
practice portfolio. Halcomb et al. (2018) reinforces the
arrangements that are resistant to change. Honours
diversity described above. In the ‘first national snapshot’ (p.
programs remain as undergraduate programs, from a
430) of Australian bachelor honours programs in nursing,
funding perspective, perhaps better reflecting the non-
they report on data from 19 of 35 Australian universities
research pathways they serve for many students. This
with a School of Nursing or equivalent. Four do not offer
begs the question of their role as PhD pathways, hence
an honours program, citing low demand, while the others
our titular question, ‘W(h)ither the honours degree in
provided evidence of substantial variation in delivery and
Australian universities?’.
cohort size.The average cohort size is small (2.58 full-time enrolments in 2016), and programs reported declining
Acknowledgements
numbers since 2013; completion levels are low (less than 50 per cent). All programs include a research project,
This review is in part based on an internal, unfunded, and
and some offer coursework; only 13 programs require
unpublished report on honours programs in one of the
a thesis. Grading approaches varied, based on varieties
Schools at Southern Cross University by the first author.
of markers – departmental colleagues, other university scholars and outside clinical experts. Many graduates did
Louise Horstmanshof Louise is a Senior Lecturer in the
not progress to PhD study, but moved to clinical nursing
School of Health & Human Sciences, Southern Cross
employment. Halcomb et al. point to the difficulties in
University, NSW, Australia.
benchmarking curriculum and policy development in
Contact: louise.horstmanshof@scu.edu.au
such an environment of diversity.
Bill Boyd is the Professor of Geography in the School of Environment, Science & Engineering, Southern Cross University.
Conclusions This review of honours across the Australian higher education sector demonstrates that benchmarking is problematic. What is clear, however, is the significant range of variation, both between universities and within disciplines, in how, and to what extent,
Australian
honours programs relate to the Bologna Declaration.The basic approach – honours as a one-year pathway to a
References Anderson, E. M., Johnston, K., Gunnarsson, R., & Larkins, S. (2018). Perceptions of a research honours program embedded in a Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery degree: “The worst and best years of my life”. Focus on Health Professional Education: A Multi-disciplinary Journal, 19(1), 1-11. Australian Government. (2017). Higher degree by research pathways of graduates. Retrieved from https://docs.education.gov.au/documents/higherdegree-research-pathways-graduates
higher research degree – has largely remained unchanged vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
W(h)ither the honours degree in Australian universities? Louise Horstmanshof & Bill Boyd
19
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
Australian Vice-chancellors’ Committee, (AVCC). (1995). Fourth Year Honours Programs: Guidelines for Good Practice. Canberra: Australian ViceChancellors’ Committee. Australian Learning and Teaching Council (ALTC). (2009). The role of honours in contemporary Australian Higher Education. Strawberry Hills, NSW, Australia. Australian Qualifications Framework Council (AQFC). (2013). Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) Second edition. www.aqf.edu.au Barron, D., & Zeegers, M. (2012). Honours in Australia: Globally recognised preparation for a career in research (or elsewhere). Journal of the National Collegiate Honors Council, 13(2), 35-45. Bishop, J. (2006). The Bologna process and Australia: Next Steps. Canberra ACT: Australian Government. Cashin, A. (2018). The debate on the knowledge product developed in nursing doctorates and the assignment of the PhD to a modernist endeavor in the creation of the contrasting position. Nurse Education in Practice, 31. doi:10.1016/j.nepr.2018.05.012 European Ministers of Education. (1999). The Bologna Declaration of 19 June 1999. Retrieved from https://www.eurashe.eu/library/modernising-phe/ Bologna_1999_Bologna-Declaration.pdf. EEN. (2019). United States of America. EuroEducation.net: The European Education Directory. http://euroeducation.net/prof/usa.htm ELS. (2019). Degree options in Canada. ELS Educational Services, Berlitz. https://www.universityguideonline.org/eS/InternationalPathways/degreeoptions-in-canada Federation University Australia (2013). Fourth Year (Honours) Programs Procedure. http://policy.federation.edu.au/learning_and_teaching/ academic_programs_and_courses/fourth_year_honours_program/ch01. php#Ch1889Se218558 Fillery-Travis, A. (2018). Introduction. Studies in Higher Education, 43(5), 809-813. doi:10.1080/03075079.2018.1439717 Fillery-Travis, A., & Robinson, L. (2018). Making the familiar strange – a research pedagogy for practice. Studies in Higher Education, 43(5), 841-853. doi:10.1080/03075079.2018.1438098 FindAPhD. (2019). PhD Study in Ireland – A Guide for 2019. FindAUniversity Ltd. https://www.findaphd.com/study-abroad/europe/phd-study-in-ireland.aspx Flynn, C., & Brydon, K. (2013). Students’ views on the knowledge development in a social work honours program. Advances in Social Work and Welfare Education, 15(2), 84-96. Halcomb, E., Smyth, E., Moxham, L., Traynor, V., & Fernandez, R. (2018). Bachelor of nursing honours programs in Australia: Current trends and key challenges. Collegian, 25(4), 429-434. doi:https://doi.orgian/10.1016/j. colegn.2017.11.003 Jones, M. (2018). Contemporary trends in professional doctorates. Studies in Higher Education, 43(5), 814-825. doi:10.1080/03075079.2018.1438095 Kiley, M., Boud, D., Cantwell, R., & Manathunga, C. (2009). The role of honours in contemporary Australian higher education. Canberra, ACT: Australian Learning and Teaching Council Ltd, An initiative of the Australian Government Department of Education, Employment and Workplace Relations. Kiley, M., Boud, D., Manathunga, C., & Cantwell, R. (2011). Honouring the incomparable: Honours in Australian universities. Higher Education, 62(5), 619–633. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-011-9409-z Kiley, M., Moyes, T., & Clayton, P. (2009). ‘To develop research skills’: Honours programs for the changing research agenda in Australian universities (Vol. 46). Kilmeny, A. (2012, 1 September). In line with global norms. Sydney Morning Herald, p. 11. Retrieved from http://ezproxy.scu.edu.au/login?url=https:// search.proquest.com/docview/1037294485?accountid=16926
20
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Lester, S. (2004). Conceptualizing the practitioner doctorate. Studies in Higher Education, 29(6), 757-770. doi:10.1080/0307507042000287249 Macquarie University. (2019). Bachelor of Psychology (Honours). Macquarie University. https://students.mq.edu.au/study/my-study-program/honoursprogram Manathunga, C., Kiley, M., Boud, D., & Cantwell, R. (2012). From knowledge acquisition to knowledge production: Issues with Australian honours curricula. Teaching in Higher Education, 17(2), 139-151. doi:10.1080/13562517.2011. 590981 McGagh, J., Marsh, H., Western, M., Thomas, P., Hastings, A., Mihailova, M., & Wenham, M. (2016). Review of Australia’s Research Training System. Report for the Australian Council of Learned Academies. Retrieved from https://acola. org.au/wp/reports-library/ McPhee, P. (2008, 6th April). Australia: Melbourne aligns with Bologna. University World News. Retrieved from http://www.universityworldnews.com/ article.php?story=20080404081116753 Monash University. (2016). Monash to collaborate with world’s oldest university. Monash University. https://www.monash.edu/discovery-institute/news-and-events/ news/2016-articles/monash-to-collaborate-with-worlds-oldest-university Murray, K., Ross, I.C., Morriss, C.R., Reid, A.J. & Richards, J.C. (1957). Report of the Committee on Australian Universities: The Murray Report. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service. NTEU. (2011). Proposed Abolition of Honours at Macquarie University. National Tertiary Education Union. www.nteu.org.au/library/download/id/2026 Schweinsberg, S., Wearing, S.L. & McManus, P. (2013). Exploring sustainable tourism education in business schools: The honours program. Journal of Hospitality and Tourism Management, 20, 53-60. Shaw, K., & Holbrook, A. (2006). An investigation of the nature and contribution of Honours programs in Australia. Paper presented at the Quality in Postgraduate Research Conference: Knowledge Creation in Testing Times, Adelaide SA. TEQSA. (2018). Guidance Note: Research and Research Training. Australian Government Tertiary Education Quality and Standards Agency. https://www. teqsa.gov.au/sites/g/files/net2046/f/guidance-note-research-and-researchtraining-v1-3_0.pdf?v=1530748445 Trinity College Dublin. (2019) Single Honors History. Trinity College Dublin. University of Edinburgh. (2019). Names of our Degrees. University of Edinburgh. https://www.ed.ac.uk/studying/undergraduate/student-life/ academic/degree-structure/degree-names University of Melbourne. (2019). The Faculty of Arts 110 Scholarship. University of Melbourne. https://arts.unimelb.edu.au/scholarships/prizes-and-scholarships/ the-faculty-of-arts-110-scholarship University of Tasmania. (2019). Bachelor of Nursing with Clinical Honours (Transition to Practice) (H4B). University of Tasmania. http://www.utas. edu.au/courses/chm/courses/h4b-bachelor-of-nursing-with-clinical-honourstransition-to-practice Universities UK. (2007). Beyond the honours degree classification: Burgess Group Final Report. Retrieved from https://www.universitiesuk.ac.uk/ policy-and-analysis/reports/Documents/2007/beyond-the-honours-degreeclassification-burgess-group.pdf Universities UK/SCOP. (2004). Measuring and recording student achievement: Report of the Scoping Group. Retrieved from https://www.universitiesuk.ac.uk/ policy-and-analysis/reports/Documents/2005/measuring-and-recording-studentachievement.pdf Walker, K., Campbell, S., Duff, J., & Cummings, E. (2016). Doctoral education for nurses today: The PhD or professional doctorate? Australian Journal of Advanced Nursing, 34(1), 60-69. Zeegers, M., & Barron, D. (2009). Honours: A taken-for-granted pathway to research? Higher Education (00181560), 57(5), 567-575. doi:10.1007/s10734008-9162-0
W(h)ither the honours degree in Australian universities? Louise Horstmanshof & Bill Boyd
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Academic administration and service workloads in Australian universities John Kenny & Andrew Fluck University of Tasmania
This paper addresses the important and linked questions of how to manage academic performance and workload effectively. It highlights the need in a modern, corporatised university to consider the nature of academic work and optimal ways to develop workload allocation and performance management processes. This paper complements two previous papers on time associated with teaching and research components of academic work by exploring service/administration workloads. Data were collected from 665 academics with recent administration experience through a nation-wide survey in 2016 and 2018. The data were analysed to understand the median annual work hours for a range of internal and external service activities, and for a range of formal administrative roles. The analysis showed a further categorisation of academic service into operational and strategic activities. Together, the three papers underpin holistic academic workload model development using empirical annual hour allocations from a large and representative national sample of academics. This article provides an essential basis for any future consideration of performance assessment based on output measures such as research expectations, impact or quality. Keywords: academic workloads, workload models, service teaching, academic administration
Introduction
components of their work. Without this information, the staff costs associated with conducting research, teaching,
Universities and their middle managers face increasing
administrative and service duties remain opaque, making
demands for improved efficiency and accountability
planning for efficiency gains nearly impossible.
(Stensaker, Frølich & Aamodt, 2018). These internationally
Academic work is notoriously difficult to quantify (Boyd,
relevant economic drivers have led to quality assurance
2014), but the rationale for managing academic workload
measures (Song, 2018) and diminishing university
stems from the notion of accountability as one of the
autonomy (Eastman et al., 2018). Performance-based
‘tenets of new public management’ (Bryson et al., 2014,
metrics have emerged, most notably in research, such
p. 446).Through performance management and workload
as Excellence in Research for Australia (ERA); Research
allocation processes, accountability for institutional
Excellence Framework (Britain) and elsewhere (Kwok,
performance has been increasingly transferred onto
2013).These metrics purport to measure output quality at
individual academics (Franco-Santos, Rivera & Bourne,
an institutional level yet have direct impact for individual
2014; Kenny 2017). This further underscores the need
academics (Kwok 2013, Kenny 2017). To date, little
for effective processes to manage academic workload
research has been done on the level of inputs (in terms
and performance. However, the resolution of these
of time) required for academic staff to undertake key
issues carries deep political and power undertones in
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Academic administration and service workloads in Australian universities John Kenny & Andrew Fluck
21
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
universities (Kenny, Fluck & Jetson, 2012; Kenny & Fluck,
(or service) components of academic work as presented
2014; Kenny & Fluck, 2017; Soliman, 1999; Vardi, 2009).
by the respondents to the survey. While the term has
Boyd (2014) reported mistrust giving rise to scepticism
had different interpretations over the years, Macfarlane
and anger if workload models were perceived as imposed
(2007) identifies service as fundamental to the notion of
by management to control staff; they highlighted ‘the need
a University. He talks of ‘academic citizenship’ to describe
for enhanced collaborative endeavours and transparency
how academics are expected to serve various groups in
from managers within all sectors of the university’ (p. 320).
the community. The notion of academic citizenship also
Moreover, workload models were perceived ‘as a means of
implies a moral obligation to contribute to the academic
restoring trust between academics and management’ (pp.
community through service. Based on what is rewarded
321-2).
by the institution’s performance systems, he claims
Boyd (2014, p.317) also noted that ‘(p)ublished literature
academics perceive service, in relative ascending order
dealing with workload models within the tertiary sector
of importance, as their students, their colleagues, their
is scarce’. Further, drawing parallels between academics
institution, their discipline or profession and the public.
as workers and those working in creative industries, Gill
However, Macfarlane (2007, p.266) noted that many
(2014) linked exploitation to the increasingly casualised
academics felt ‘their service activities went unrecognised’
workforce, ‘spiralling overall demands’ (p. 20) and a
as their universities tended to undervalue many service
surveillance culture driven by technology and external
aspects of their roles relative to research and teaching.
performance metrics. She pointed out the dearth of
Clearly, in a performative culture, if Service is a
research into the actual experience of academics as
fundamental aspect of academic work, it needs to be
workers:
examined, properly acknowledged and accounted for.
to date there has been very little research on the experiences of academics, a marked reluctance to examine our own labour processes, organisational governance and conditions of production. Despite the growing interest in reflexivity in recent decades, the experiences of academics have largely escaped critical attention. (p. 17)
Service encompasses a broad range of activities, including
We concur with these views and argue that, in a
The online questionnaire that forms the basis of this
managerial environment this issue is of such fundamental
study, was circulated in early 2016 to 8000 academics
importance, that it must be addressed with thoroughness
across the Australian university sector, including both
and credibility. Otherwise, it will not only continue
union members and non-members. The questions asked
to damage the career aspirations and welfare of many
individual academics to estimate the time they spent on
academics, but also the performance and effectiveness of
a wide range of teaching, research and service-related
their institutions.
activities. Responses were received from academics at
formal administrative and leadership roles, and the many informal or discretionary activities academics may be required to undertake.
Methodology
each of the 39 Australian universities. The respondents
Background to the study
included a spread of academic levels, years of experience, disciplines and gender which broadly reflect the general
This is the third in a series of papers, in which we have
academic population. In the section of the survey on
addressed this gap in the literature by examining academic
Service, the preamble stated:
work from the perspective of individual academics in Australian universities. This paper complements our two previous papers in which we explored the time associated with activities for the teaching and research components of academic work (Kenny & Fluck, 2017; 2018). Those papers proposed credible time-based allocations for a range of activities related to teaching and research based on median reported values from a national survey of over 2000 Australian academics.
‘You are asked to provide an annual estimate of the time (in hours) each of the roles below actually takes to do competently. This group of questions is concerned with formal leadership or administrative roles. Please include all aspects of the role such as chairing/ attending meetings, managing staff, travel, reporting, etc, to determine the annual time spent (in hours). In responding to these questions please draw on your own recent experience in undertaking a specific administrative role.’
In this paper we complete the analysis of inputs by
In comparison to teaching and research,a relatively small
exploring activities associated with the administrative
proportion of the initial survey respondents provided
22
Academic administration and service workloads in Australian universities John Kenny & Andrew Fluck
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Table 1: Internal Service – median annual workloads for common internal service roles Elected staff representative on Academic Board (or Senate)
Formal school or cost centre review
Service & Member of training as OH&S disciplinary representative board
Member of ethics committee
Other
N
74
43
29
44
57
227
median hours
40
30
30
40
50
50
data on their service and administrative activities, so this
The median time values provided for these types of
section of the survey was circulated again in early 2018 to
internal operational service varied between 30-50 hours
increase the sample size.The combined data set from 665
per annum. A range of other internal service activities
respondents related to their experience of administrative
were mentioned, and these tended to have a median
roles. The results below are presented in two sections:
time of 50 hours. Only those identified by more than 5
the first relates to time spent on informal service and the
participants were included in the estimate. Examples
second relates to formal administrative roles.
included teaching and learning committee, disciplinary administrative committees, promotions, equity committee,
Results – Informal service roles
working parties, research committee, marketing and outreach (curriculum committee). A number of these
The survey suggested a number of common service roles
committees/roles were clearly established at the local,
(e.g. service on ethics committees), but the open text
work unit level such as an ethics committee or work,
questions invited respondents to suggest other service-
health and safety representative.
related duties and roles they had undertaken. These were
Yet other service was performed at the institutional
later categorised to include roles internal to the university
level (e.g. elected representative on academic senate,
and those which were external. The term ‘internal’
university teaching and learning committee). Some
refers to university-based committees and roles whereas
service roles existed at two levels (e.g. there was also
‘external’ refers to roles involving official representation
a university-level human research ethics committee to
on behalf of the university on external bodies, or official
oversee and set research policy frameworks). While some
interactions with outside stakeholders such as industry,
roles were clearly operational in nature (e.g. discipline
professional accreditation, community or governmental
committee, ethics), others were more strategic in nature
bodies. Table 7 provides examples of committees and
(e.g. academic senate). We can only assume that the
roles under these categorisations.
existence of a committee indicates the tasks it fulfils are
A large variety of informal service-related roles were
necessary for the proper functioning of the university.
reported, with 278 respondents providing examples of
Many staff also reported they served on several
other internal service roles and 230 providing examples
committees and provided annual estimates of their
of other external service roles. While there was variation
time commitments. The anonymous coding identifies
in language across institutions, some of these roles clearly
respondents by a unique identifier, their gender (male /
overlapped with those already recognised within the
female, M-F), academic level (A-E), role (e.g. teaching and
survey or performed similar functions. In many cases
research-T&R) and employment status (e.g. full-time, FT):
committees fulfilling similar roles were described with
a) Workload committee work: 100 hours b) Member of Academic Staff Consultative Committee: 100 hours c) Member of School Research Committee: 40 hours d) Attending to and responding to official university correspondence: 120 hours e) Administrative aspects of course convenorship: 80-100 hours f) Attending school meetings and events: 30 hours g) Union delegate (advice to members on performance review matters): 40 – 50 hours (4386279315, M. level B, T&R, FT)
different terminology across different institutions or different disciplines. For example, faculty higher degrees committee, research higher degrees committee, higher education coursework committee, school research committee and school research management committee appear to perform similar functions. Internal service
The annual workloads of respondents performing types of informal service for their universities was categorised and tabulated in Table 1. vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
8 meeting groups which meet an average of monthly for 1 hour each. Academic staff must attend university open days and various professional exhibition days in their own time. (4441698047-M, level B, T&R, FT)
Academic administration and service workloads in Australian universities John Kenny & Andrew Fluck
23
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
Table 2: Other internal service roles Role/Committee
N
Median hours per year as a member
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
teaching and learning committees at both their local
Median hours per year as a chair/ leader (n)
(operational) level and at institutional (strategic) level. Therefore, for the associate dean, the time associated with these duties should be clearly built in to the overall time allowance for their formal role, not as an additional allowance on top.
Faculty board
6
20
Course review
12
60
Teaching and learning (curriculum)
21
50
100 (6)
Research committee
13
25
140
Working party
22
50
a service-related activity. Within our own institution, the
9
100
rationale for this was that research activities focus on
NTEU (union) elected representative
External service The survey identified activities, such as peer reviewing and editing for journals, as service to the discipline. We note that Seaberg (1998) also categorised peer review as
tasks that might lead to measurable research outcomes
40
140 (10)
and productivity. By contrast, while activities such as
Marketing outreach, professional experience organiser, industry liaison
80
Confirmation, promotions, selection, misconduct
15
60
Deputy head of school
9
200
of developments in their field. This form of service to
University human research ethics committee
5
130
the discipline underpins the scholarly endeavours of
peer review and editorial work do not result in direct measurable research outcomes, they are important activities that provide prestige for the individual academic and their institution; and help academics stay abreast
a university and is an essential service performed by academics. Critical peer review provides the ‘grease’ which enables quality research scholarly activity. Research
Where a person was chairing a committee, this
would soon grind to a halt if academic staff did not engage
necessarily involved more work than someone who
in these activities, so they, and other important service
served as a member of the committee. As was the case for
work, need to be acknowledged and supported in any
teaching or research data, there was significant variation
consideration of academic work.
in the individual estimates for service-related activities.
On analysing the data from the initial survey, it
In order to reduce the effects of any outliers, the median
had become evident there was confusion amongst
values were determined for a range of internal service and
respondents about where certain roles fitted in their
are presented in Table 2.
academic duties. In constructing the survey, we had
A wide variety of other internal service roles were
placed peer review and editorial roles into the service-
mentioned without workload estimates. These included
related section. However, 89 respondents had added peer
Excellence in Research Australia (ERA) coordinator
review and 23 had added editorial roles with journals as
(40 mentions), Indigenous liaison (100), postgraduate
activities within the ‘other research’ section, with median
committee (20), workload committee (20), graduation,
values of 50 hours per annum and 200 hours per annum
orientation, open days (30), staff forum (50), staffing (175),
respectively, as published in Kenny & Fluck (2018). Other
practicum supervision (40), and academic misconduct
activities for which this confusion was evident included
(integrity) (30).
serving on ethics committees and peer reviewing grant
For staff not in formal recognised roles, it would seem
proposals. Table 3 summarises annual workloads for the
reasonable to account for this work by awarding 40 hours
range of external service roles from the second survey
per annum (average from Table 1) for each committee on
respondents.
which they serve.
External service roles tended to be associated with
Staff who hold formal administrative roles (as outlined
an average median workload of 50 hours per year. As
in Table 4), may be on some of these committees as
the discussion above implies, individuals who work on
ex-officio members. This should be acknowledged and
several such committees should be provided with time
built in as part of the overall time allowance for their
(50 hours) per external committee unless their presence
substantive service role. For example, an associate dean
is part of their official role, in which case it should be built
(teaching and learning) would be expected to attend
into the time allowance for that role.
24
Academic administration and service workloads in Australian universities John Kenny & Andrew Fluck
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Table 3: Median annual workloads for external service roles Office holder on professional body associated with your role N
Editor of a journal
Member of an editorial board
University Examine rep. on a state theses or national board
Formally reviewing articles and course materials
Other external service activities
153
76
129
62
294
321
190
50
100
40
40
30
40
50
median hours
Selected representative on industry partner projects – 1 hr / week. Provision of education resources and workshops to industry partners – 1 hr / week (4387752188, F, Level B, T&R, FT)
any outliers. For example, three of the records suggested a dean’s role could be done in 50 hours a year, and another suggested all roles could be done in 400 hours a year each. These records were deleted to maintain the
Seaberg (1998) found smaller academic units had fewer
highest level of credibility in the database. Other entries
committees than larger units. Our data show little real
ascribing zero hours to administrative roles were treated
variation by discipline. However, responsibilities such as
as a non-response. Table 4 presents the initial analysis for
chairing or coordinating duties associated with service
the range of common service-related roles. Respondents
duties clearly required more time. These roles generally
were asked to estimate the time required to undertake
fell to more senior staff (level C and above).
these roles based on their recent and direct experience.
Chairing accreditation review: 200 hours (4339337280, F, level D, T&R, FT) Member and chair of School outreach and marketing committee = 120 hrs per year (4333062505, F, level C, T&R, FT) Coordinator of a sub-discipline where I am the only academic. Expectations here include attending conferences to market the sub-discipline, be ahead of trends, support Course Director re policy and enrolment matters (4332229041, F, Level C, T&R, FT)
The frequency, mean, standard deviation, number of respondents and median values are reported. As expected, the number of respondents for some of these roles was very small. Generally, the patterns in the reported median annual work hours in each role made relative sense. The workload reported for Deans of larger centres was greater than for medium or smaller centres. Workloads reported for sub-deans or deputies were less than deans. Associate dean workloads are smaller again, with broad equivalence between research and teaching
It is clear that while many academics volunteer for
& learning positions. There was an anomaly detected
these committees, they feel professionally obliged to
for course coordinators, with the estimated workload in
engage in such activities, and therefore these tasks should
small centres reportedly about three times higher than for
form a legitimate part of any conversation about their
medium or large centres.
workload. The danger of a focus on outcomes alone to
The data did not meet the assumption of a normal
measure performance is that these activities may be seen
distribution, so non-parametric methods were employed
as unproductive and therefore devalued by the university.
to analyse the data.
Results – Formal Administration Roles
Investigations of differences In our analysis we explored possible correlations between
To complete the analysis, we then explored the data
formal administrative workload by a range of factors:
specifically related to formal administrative roles. As
• Academic Level.
with the earlier teaching and research roles, the language
• Discipline (using groups from Cannizzo & Osbaldiston,
describing the title of these roles varied across universities.
2016) .
A range of common administrative roles were provided
• Years of experience as an academic.
as examples for comment, such as dean to honours
• Years working in the current institution.
supervisor with provision for distinction between large, medium, and small work units.
For each of these investigations, an independent samples Kruskal-Wallis test was conducted to explore
Again, considerable variation was evident in individual
any relationships between the range of academic
responses, so the same statistical process was followed
administrative roles and each of the factors in the list
for the analysis as for the teaching and research data:
above. Confidence intervals were set to 95%, and cases
the median figure was used to minimise the effects of
were excluded test-by-test.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Academic administration and service workloads in Australian universities John Kenny & Andrew Fluck
25
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Table 4: Estimated annual work hours for academic administrative duties Role
Dean or director of a budget centre
Centre size
Mean annual hours worked in this role
Standard deviation
N
Median annual hours worked in this role
Largea
2027.50
1155.26
8
1860
Medium
1248.57
904.51
14
1250
Small
1011.67
815.25
18
825
Large
1178.00
904.28
10
1000
Medium
849.17
682.98
12
700
Small
798.00
653.39
17
700
Associate dean of teaching and learning
Large
1096.43
741.70
7
700
555.38
442.01
13
450
Small
476.36
409.59
11
400
Associate dean of research
Large
1114.29
696.25
7
700
649.00
528.32
10
550
Small
1235.71
1696.25
7
400
Sub-dean or deputy director of a budget centre
Medium
Medium Graduate research coordinator
Course (program) coordinator
Discipline coordinator
Honours, year level or campus coordinator
Large
558.89
489.22
9
500
Medium
376.56
290.30
18
300
Small
230.16
173.97
25
200
Large
406.87
589.02
43
150
Medium
300.89
408.07
56
150
Small
356.87
528.67
159
200 /145b
Large
453.67
505.40
15
180
Medium
325.65
349.11
26
180
Small
218.83
222.34
93
140
Large
317.45
393.98
20
150
Medium
232.52
238.45
31
150
Small
187.64
251.51
89
100
Large: Large faculty or cost centre (approx. 151 staff or more); Medium: Medium faculty or cost centre (approx. 51-150 staff); Small: Small faculty or cost centre (less than 50 staff). bSee comment below under ‘Academic level’. a
Table 5: Median estimated hours spent working each year as Course Coordinator in a small centre Academic Level
With only one exception, the null hypothesis was
Academic level
n
Median hours
A
5
500.00
B
70
275.00
discipline, years of experience or years working in an
C
54
155.00
institution.The exception was for course coordinators of
D
19
160.00
small centres which had an unusual distribution where
E
11
120.00
retained, meaning there was no difference in the median workload estimates for the roles by academic level,
the one-sample Kolmogorov-Smirnov test gave a result of .250 (p=.000) showing it did not follow a normal
The Minimum Standards for Academic Levels (Fairwork
curve. Course coordination was the most mentioned
Australia, 2018) state that level A academics ‘undertake
service role in survey returns (n=159). A closer analysis
administration primarily relating to their activities at the
revealed that level A academics were outliers with an
institution’, so they would not usually be coordinating
estimated 500 hours spent annually performing the role
other staff or looking after a course. Given the relatively
(see Table 5).
small number of level A academics responding and the
26
Academic administration and service workloads in Australian universities John Kenny & Andrew Fluck
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
Table 6: Median estimated annual hours worked as course(program) coordinator in a small centre by discipline Discipline group # n
Median 41
200
Science, Technology & Engineering
39
200
Health and Medicine
35
150
Social and Behavioural Sciences
11
250
Business and Economics
15
Professional 160 Disciplines
Education and Related
17
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Discussion
Median
Arts, Law and Humanities
E
These results demonstrate the interrelated nature of academic work. Research informs teaching, service enables research and teaching, conferences enable formation of networks, etc. It is clear from the responses that many universities rely on service work by academic staff over and above their teaching and research responsibilities. A failure to include administration and service roles in workload discussions devalues them
350
and can have a detrimental effect on other components of the work. These commitments need to be included in workload discussions and to ensure the true costs and nature of academic work are captured. In total, 662 academics responded to the service and administration questions in the combined dataset from
500
2016 and 2018. Of these, 599 provided specific comments. It was clear that service-related tasks form an important
# See Cannizzo & Osbaldiston, 2016
part of academic work that must be acknowledged within
unlikely event that they would be asked to undertake such a role, this data was excluded. Therefore, it can be argued the workload allocation should be the average of the median figures for levels B and above (210 hours per year), scaled in the same proportion as the discipline coordinator for size of academic unit. Discipline
A further analysis was conducted to see if there were any statistically significant differences in annual workload by discipline. The course coordinator role in small centres once again showed great variation, with the median
their workload. In the last 12 months I have given up several University service roles to dedicate more time to my research. In previous times I was on 3 University committees and Deputy Head School (Research and International) (72741790, F, level D, T&R, FT) I took on a leadership/service role and fulfilled it to the best of my ability. After one year I was chastised during performance management for not reaching minimum expectations in research. I have since focused on research and cut corners (many, to my shame) in the leadership role. I felt as if I had no choice. (4333046177, F, Level C, T&R, FT)
allocation for ‘Education or related’ discipline estimated
The respondents to the open text questions in the
at more than three times the workload compared to
original survey (2016) reported a key challenge to
Health & Medicine (see Table 6). Given the considerations
the fair allocation of work at their institution was the
above, and the relatively small number of respondents
underestimation of the work they were required to
for the professional disciplines of Education, Business
undertake. Forty-nine respondents specifically reported
and Economics and the Social and Behavioural sciences,
an increase in the administrative component of their
in comparison to Health and Medicine, these data were
workload. Many staff (166) put these problems down
combined into a new category called professional
to poor management where the intention was to hide
disciplines and re-analysed to obtain the data in the final
the true costs of the work and a prevailing belief that
column of Table 6.
many academics will work for free (53), or for as long as it takes, without the need for due recompense. Many
Years of experience as an academic
There
were
no
significant
differences
respondents believed the increased work pressure on found
in
staff was driven by funding shortfalls (136) and a focus
administrative workload distributions by years of
on balancing the budget rather than properly resourcing
experience as an academic.
the work required (88).
Years working in the current institution
There
were
no
significant
differences
found
in
distributions by years working in the current institution. vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
The workload has got out of control. Every single administration task has been pushed to academics, whether teaching, research or service related. The amount of administration support has diminished,
Academic administration and service workloads in Australian universities John Kenny & Andrew Fluck
27
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Table 7: Academic service roles Operational
Internal operational service
External operational service
Median Allowance
• 40 hours per task/committee, per year • Chair, organiser or lead: 80 hours per role per year
• 50 hours per task/committee, per year • Leading role e.g. chair, organiser, journal editor = 125 hours per role, per year
Examples
Committees and working parties: Faculty Board, misconduct, disciplinary, curriculum, research, course or program, ethics, promotion, selection committee, learning and teaching, mentoring junior staff, first-aid and fire warden, ERA submission, open day (outreach), awards, graduation, review grants and awards, academic integrity, workload committee, discipline committee, etc.
Official disciplinary, school or work unit representation, member of an editorial board, peer reviewer, liaison roles with discipline, professional or industry, marketing and outreach roles, university teaching and learning committee, university research committee, conference committee.
Internal strategic service
External strategic service
Strategic Median Allowance
50 hours per committee per year
100 hours per committee per year
Examples
University council, academic senate, university level teaching and learning committee, sub-committees of senate, course review (quality assurance), course accreditation, new course development.
Official university representation, Industry advisory bodies, Government advisory bodies, Accreditation bodies, Industry liaison.
and a long time is spent doing tasks that would have taken a specialist minutes taker in much less time. (899372553, M, level C T&R, FT)
for academics to have several such roles or committees
The institutional, bureaucratic, and administrative environment is highly erratic. New tasks will be introduced one year, only to be abandoned the next and a new different system introduced. We are increasingly responsible for reporting on ourselves – that is spending increasing amounts of time telling the university what we do and why we are worth our jobs. (6925697896, M, Level B, T&R FT)
In addition, based on our experience and the practice at
associated with their position. Our survey did not capture incidental service activities. our institution, we also suggest a standard administration allowance of 150 hours for all academics to cover a range of everyday or incidental work-related or unforeseen, but time-consuming tasks, not necessarily covered elsewhere. For example, just half an hour a day monitoring and responding to emails and phone calls over 45 weeks
While the study identified service roles both internal
would amount to over 112.5 hours a year for a full
and external to the university, the analysis also suggested
time academic. Further, attending ad hoc professional
a
dimension: ‘operational’ and ‘strategic’.
development sessions and collegial meetings would add
‘Operational’ committees or roles are generally located
to this figure. Also, with increased casualisation, many
at the school, discipline or work unit level or involve a
academic staff find themselves managing small teams of
university level role with a specific function.These service
sessional teaching staff, with little or no acknowledgement
roles typically relate to implementing and monitoring
of the time required to administer contracts and provide
university policy, such disciplinary committees or
new staff inductions.
second
fire-wardens. By contrast, ‘Strategic’ committees or
When considered alongside the data in the two earlier
roles typically involve developing, evaluating and/
papers (Kenny & Fluck, 2017; 2018) the suggested
or recommending strategic approaches on policy or
workload service related allocations and categorisations
matters of concern to the work unit or university. These
in this paper can form a transparent suite of credible
committees or roles provide advice and report directly to
time allowances that could be used as a guide during
senior managers or key university committees and would
negotiations with individuals about their workload. If
include university council members and industry liaison
used as a standard, the allowances for the range of tasks
bodies.
to be undertaken in a given year, across research, teaching
This suggests the typology of service roles as categorised
and service would enable individuals to build a realistic
in Table 7 and recommended time allocations for each
estimate of their workload that both reflects the varied
category drawn from the discussion above. Internal
roles they may undertake in a given year, but also enables
service role/committee memberships took an average
direct comparison with their colleagues to ensure fairness.
of 40 hours per annum each, while an external service
Aggregation of this data across a cost centre would enable
role took 50 hours per year on average. It was common
cost-centres to quickly identify overloaded staff and
28
Academic administration and service workloads in Australian universities John Kenny & Andrew Fluck
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
estimate academic staffing costs for their teaching and
decision-making and efficiencies that seek to optimise the
research programs.
use of resources. This study provides an essential starting
If universities venture down the path of allocating
point for such conversations, because optimisation is not
the time academics put into their work, it cannot be
feasible without a clear idea of resource costs and staff
done dishonestly. While the detailed atomisation of the
capacities. The data in this study were obtained from
complex academic role is not our aim, the time associated
involved staff from every university in Australia. The
with genuinely important activities or roles must be
associated input times proposed for the activities are
acknowledged within an individual’s workload to be
empirically based and realistic.
credible. Attempts to hide important academic service,
This study of administrative academic workload in
or other academic tasks, in order to reduce costs due to
Australian universities has provided reference levels for
budget pressures, will destroy trust and could be counter-
many formal leadership positions (Table 4). Staff take on
productive in the longer run for universities.
these roles partly through ‘a sense of duty’ and with little
For any individual academic, work is a complex
training (Preston & Floyd, 2016, p. 266) and often cope
mixture of teaching, research and service related duties.
with complex situations at work. The baseline annual
The extent of each component of their work can vary
hours for roles proposed in this paper, in combination
considerably according to experience and seniority of the
with the results in the first two papers, may form the basis
individual, but this must be accounted for, in a realistic
for the development of a holistic, transparent, flexible and
and transparent manner, if we want to understand the
reasonable process to guide discussions with about their
true nature of and costs associated with the demands on
workload. Consideration of how this may be done will
academic time.
form the basis of the next stage of our research.
Conclusion
John Kenny and Andrew Fluck are Associate Professors in the Faculty of Education at the University of Tasmania, Australia.
This paper concludes that academic work must be
Contact: John.Kenny@utas.edu.au
considered holistically, and that academic staff must be consulted in the development of an academic workload allocation model if it is to be considered credible, realistic and capture the work that needs to be done. As the third component to be considered, and often the least examined, service and administration roles and tasks are important aspects of academic work. These roles and tasks are not always adequately accounted for in workloads, either for formal roles but also for more discretionary tasks that academics undertake. It appears that universities have relied on staff goodwill to execute many compliance and regulatory functions as part of their administration and service work. Support for academic publications through peer review and editing is an example of expected ‘voluntary’ work without which the ‘publish or perish’ system of performance evaluation would disappear. While the performance management process will vary between contexts, for example an esteemed older urban university may have different priorities compared to a newer regional university, this study considered the essential nature of academic work and provides some credible metrics for a wide range of teaching, research and service that can be used in workload and performance management conversations. Within the power structures of universities there are budget pressures and political tensions that drive strategic vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
References Boyd, L. (2014) Exploring the utility of workload models in academe: a pilot study, Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 36:3, 315-326, DOI:10.1080/01587919.2014.899050 Bryson, J.M., Crosby, B.C., & Bloomberg, L. (2014). Public value governance: Moving beyond traditional public administration and the new public management. Public Administration Review, 74(4) 445–456. DOI: 10.1111/ puar.12238 Cannizzo, F. & Osbaldiston, N. (2016). Academic work/life balance: a brief quantitative analysis of the Australian experience. Journal of Sociology, 52(4) 890–906. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1177/1440783315600803. Eastman, J., Jones, G.A., Bégin-Caouette, O., Li, S.X., Noumi, C. And Trottier, C. (2018). Provincial oversight and university autonomy. Canadian Journal of Higher Education, 48(3), 65-81. Fairwork Australia (2018). Higher Education Industry – Academic Staff – Award 2010 Schedule A: Minimum standards for academic levels. Author: Australia. Retrieved from http://awardviewer.fwo.gov.au/award/show/ MA000006#P739_70205 Franco-Santos, M., Rivera, P. & Bourne, M. (2014). Performance Management in UK Higher Education Institutions: The need for a hybrid approach. Leadership Foundation for Higher Education. Gill, R. (2014). Academics, cultural workers and critical labour studies. Journal of Cultural Economy, 7(1), 12–30. doi:10.1080/17530350.2013.861763. Kenny, J. (2017). Academic work and performativity. Higher Education, 74 (5) pp. 897-913. doi:10.1007/s10734-016-0084-y Kenny, J. & Fluck, A. (2014). The effectiveness of academic workload models in an institution: a staff perspective. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 36(6), 585–602. doi:10.1080/1360080X.2014.957889.
Academic administration and service workloads in Australian universities John Kenny & Andrew Fluck
29
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
Kenny, J. & Fluck, A.E. (2017). Towards a methodology to determine standard time allocations for academic work. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 39 (5) pp. 503-523. doi:10.1080/1360080X.2017.1354773 Kenny, J. & Fluck, A.E. (2018). Research workloads in Australian Universities. Australian Universities’ Review, 60 (2) pp. 25-37.
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Seaberg, J.R. (1998). Faculty Reports of Workload. Journal of Social Work Education, 34:1, 7-19, DOI: 10.1080/10437797.1998.10778901. Soliman, I. (1999). The academic workload problematic. HERDSA Annual International Conference, Melbourne, 12-15.
Kenny, J., Fluck, A. & Jetson, T. (2012). Placing a value on academic work, Australian Universities’ Review, 54 (2) pp. 50-60. ISSN 0818-8068
Song, J. (2018) Strategic responses to teaching quality accountability: A case study of a regional university in China from a decoupling perspective. Higher Education Policy. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-018-0113-9
Kwok, J.T. (2013). Impact of ERA research assessment on university behaviour and their staff. NTEU National Policy and Research Unit. Melbourne: National tertiary Education Union. ISBN 978–0–9806500-6-8. Retrieved fromhttp://www. nteu.org.au/policy/research/era/documents
Stensaker, B., Frølich, N. And Aamodt, P.O. (2018) Policy, perceptions, and practice: A study of educational leadership and their balancing of expectations and interests at micro-level. Higher Education Policy. https://doi.org/10.1057/ s41307-018-0115-7
Macfarlane, B. (2007). Defining and Rewarding Academic Citizenship: The implications for university promotions policy, Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 29(3), 261-273, DOI: 10.1080/13600800701457863
Vardi, I. (2009). The impacts of different types of workload allocation models on academic satisfaction and working life. Higher Education, 57, 499–508.
Preston, D. & Floyd, A. (2016). Supporting the role of Associate Dean in universities: An alternative approach to management development, Higher Education Quarterly, 70(3) pp 264–280. DOI: 10.1111/hequ.12099
30
Academic administration and service workloads in Australian universities John Kenny & Andrew Fluck
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally, Allyson Holbrook, Terence Lovat & Janene Budd University of Newcastle
Doctoral thesis examination is the litmus test for doctoral quality. Of those candidates who reach examination, most are notified they have more work to do on their thesis. Receiving and responding to feedback are integral parts of a formal learning process that continues until the final thesis is submitted. However, little is known about what happens after examiner reports are received by an institution, how recommendations and feedback are filtered through institutional processes to influence thesis outcomes, or about the roles that candidates and supervisors play in determining and giving action to thesis revisions. This article reports the findings from a desktop review of institutional protocols and policies governing doctoral thesis examination in Australian universities. Given that the PhD Viva, or oral examination, is rare in Australian universities, the authors question whether current examination processes allow adequate opportunities for candidates to actively engage with examiner feedback and take advantage of this final opportunity to demonstrate, or further develop, authoritative judgement and research autonomy. Keywords: doctoral examination, examination process, examiner report, response to feedback
Introduction
publicly accountable to ensure that both conform to the appropriate standard. In order to fulfil the traditional
A key indicator of research excellence institutionally and
aim of knowledge creation, doctoral education needs
systemically is the quality of doctoral theses and this in
to develop and elicit the highest levels of cognitive
turn presupposes robust, fair and equitable assessment
functioning and skills in candidates (Kandiko & Kinchin,
processes. Getting assessment right is fundamental
2012). Recent debates concerning the aims of doctoral
to any successful academic program and is therefore
study have also positioned the thesis as an ‘object of
especially critical in high stakes programs such as those
learning’ and it is in connection with the latter that
for higher research degrees. There are approximately
feedback by examiners requires further study. The
8000 higher research degree completions annually in
intention of examiner feedback, implicitly or explicitly,
Australia and hundreds of thousands of completions
is to broaden the outlook or extend the knowledge of
world-wide (OECD, 2016). What distinguish doctoral
the candidate (Holbrook et al., 2004). It is an interesting
thesis examination from other types of assessment are
feature of doctoral examination processes that examiners
the level and focus of the degree. The award of the
are able to feed into learning at the examination stage. It
doctorate implies both the completion of a successful
is even more intriguing that there is little evidence about
product (thesis) and the development of a well-qualified
how this feedback is managed through institutional
researcher. Institutions
processes and how it influences candidate outcomes.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
have
become
increasingly
Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally et al.
31
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
There has been intensifying interest in studies of
meeting the criteria and provides feedback about how to
assessment feedback in higher education (Pereira,
address these gaps (Sadler, 1989). The final step is for the
Assunção, &
doctoral
learner to use this feedback to ‘improve their product’ or
education. Almost two decades ago, Tinkler and Jackson
inform future activities (Taras, 2009). The doctoral thesis
(2000, p.168) observed that the PhD examination process
examination framework used by institutions nationally
was ‘shrouded in mystery’ and attempted to ‘shed light’
and internationally is part ‘grade’ (summative assessment
on this process through an interrogation of institutional
of doctoral standard) and part ‘gauge’ of what still needs
policies governing examination practices in Britain. In a
to be done to a thesis (formative assessment) in order to
recent review of research investigating thesis examiner
meet doctoral standards (Holbrook et al., 2014).
Niklasson, 2016), including
practices, Golding, Sharmini and Lazarovitch (2014) called
The summative aspect of doctoral assessment is
for more detailed research to ‘demystify’ examination
reflected in the examiners’ final recommendations
processes and better understand how theses are assessed.
about whether the thesis is at a standard deemed to be
While many aspects of the process are clearly set out in
‘doctoral’. In the Australian context, the recommendation
policy, much of the mystery resides in the less visible
options available to examiners typically include passed
facets of decision-making and discussion. Some time
with no requirement for correction or amendment,
ago, a review of PhD examiner guidelines and reporting
passed subject to minor or major revisions, resubmit
conventions in Australian universities identified numerous
or failed (Lovat et al., 2015). To judge the quality of a
‘institutional differences’ in examination processes, noting
thesis, examiners are usually provided with specific
these reflected ‘matters of detail rather than matters
guidelines addressing the originality and significance of
of substance’ (Lawson, Marsh, & Tansley, 2003, p.36).
the project, as well as the merits of different elements of
However, that work did not tease out the silences or gaps
the thesis itself, such as the literature review, methods,
in the documentation and tended to overlook processes
results, conclusions, etc. However, previous research on
post the point of receiving examination reports, including
Australian doctoral examination processes has found
the role and treatment of feedback.
that even when examiners are provided with specific
This article reports the findings from the first stage of
assessment criteria, they do not necessarily follow these
an ARC Discovery Project investigating the processes,
when making judgements about thesis quality (Mullins
practices, and impacts of the end-stage of doctoral
& Kiley, 2002). Delamont, Atkinson and Parry (2000,
examination. It explored the policies governing PhD
p.4) observe that examiners make judgements about
examination in Australian universities to understand how
‘indeterminate’ skills and qualities of the candidates. It is
the examination process is enacted and what impact
difficult for candidates to interpret and act on examiner
these processes and the absence of a Viva might have
feedback to address any gaps between their own work
on candidates’ engagement with examiner feedback. The
and ‘acceptable’ standards if the skills being judged, and
paper will commence with a brief overview of literature
the standards that candidates are aiming for, are unclear
on summative and formative assessment, with a focus
or ill-defined.
on student engagement with feedback, and the critical components required for an effective feedback loop.
Formative feedback and the feedback loop
Summative and formative assessment In countries such as Australia, NZ and the UK, formative Scriven (1967) described assessment as a single process
feedback makes up the majority of comment in the average
involving both summative and formative elements. An
examination report, directed primarily at improving the
evaluation is summative if it is used in decision-making
thesis and/or subsequent publications (Holbrook et al.,
concerning the end result of an educational process
2014; Lovat et al., 2015). Examiners spend considerable
(Scriven, 1967), while formative assessment can be
effort in providing feedback on doctoral theses they
used by learners to improve their performance (Sadler,
consider to be worthy of doctoral standards and even on
1989). The doctoral thesis examination process starts
those of exemplary quality (Lovat et al., 2008). Regardless
with summative evaluation where a judgement is made
of the quality of a doctoral thesis, examiners tend to
about the quality of a product according to specified
treat a thesis as a work-in-progress and, in their reports,
criteria or standards. This is followed by formative
position candidates as learners (Starfield et al., 2017),
assessment which identifies any possible deficiencies in
offering them advice and feedback about improvements
32
Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally et al.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
to the thesis or guidance about how they can develop as
and taking action based on instructor comment with
researchers (Golding et al., 2014).
the ‘consumer’ mentality of learners who are content
Research on assessment consistently identifies a
to be ‘passive recipients of education’. Compared to
number of common key themes regarding feedback for
‘passive receivers’, engaged learners understand and
learners. The most prominent issue is that the feedback
value feedback, are able to make decisions about how
process is a dialogic loop in which assessment results
to incorporate the feedback and are self-regulated and
and comments only become ‘feedback’ if the information
motivated to act upon the advice. Both the feedback
is ‘fed back into’ the original system or learner to effect
sender and the feedback receiver share responsibility for
improvements. Feedback is not a one-way transmission
the effective implementation of feedback, which is reliant
of information and, according to Sadler (2010), is only
on four essential elements: Awareness – understanding
valuable insofar as it is used. Similarly, Carless and Boud
what the feedback means; Cognisance – knowing how to
(2018) assert that students need to use feedback for
act upon the feedback; Agency – having the opportunity
improvement purposes.Without action, comments do not
to act upon the feedback; and Volition – having the desire
become feedback.
to interrogate and engage with the feedback and instigate
To turn ‘formative instruction’ into ‘feedback’, the
the strategies required to implement the feedback (Nash
learner needs to be actively engaged in the ‘feedback loop.’
& Winstone, 2017). As discussed next, the educator has
From their systematic review of research concerning
a major role in supporting the learner’s awareness and
learners’ receptiveness to and implementation of feedback,
cognisance by providing clear feedback that can be
Winstone et al. (2017a) identified four ‘recipience’
understood and acted upon, however, the learner has
processes that can affect the uptake and implementation of
prime responsibility for the volition and agency necessary
information and the ultimate completion of the feedback
to incorporate the feedback into the examined product or
loop. These include the characteristics and behaviour of
future endeavours (Nash & Winstone, 2017).
the receiver, characteristics and behaviour of the sender, characteristics of the message and characteristics of the context.
Characteristics and behaviour of the feedback receiver
Characteristics and behaviour of the feedback sender While the receiver needs to be willing, or at least prepared, to accept feedback, the sender also shares responsibility for the effective uptake of the feedback they are providing
The giving and receiving of feedback are a communication
(Winstone et al., 2017a). Instructional comment needs
exchange between a sender and receiver of information.
to be clear and communicated in a way that enables the
Most of the research on feedback has focused on the
learner to understand, value, and act upon the advice
role of the sender (Burke 2009), however, Johnson and
being given.
Johnson (1994) emphasise that the receiver’s role is just
(2017) responsibility distribution model, the educator is
as crucial as is the role of the sender in the effective
primarily responsible for the clarity of the message so
transmission of a message. According to Winstone et al.
that the student can then be aware of what the feedback
(2017b), the success of the feedback process relies on
means. The educator also has major responsibility for
learners being in a state of ‘proactive recipience’. The
ensuring that sufficient details are provided so that the
extent to which examiner recommendations are acted
student understands (is cognisant of) how the feedback
upon depends on both the capacity of a candidate to
can be acted upon.
As illustrated in Nash and Winstone’s
interpret examiner feedback as well as the candidate’s
In order to act upon feedback, learners first need
willingness to accept and incorporate the feedback.
to appreciate and value the feedback and then make
Carless and Boud (2018, p.5) assert that students
judgements about what actions to take. In order to
require ‘the understandings, capacities and dispositions
appreciate and value feedback the receiver needs to be
needed to make sense of comments and use them for
assured of the expertise and credibility of the feedback
enhancement purposes.’
sender. As noted by Starfield et al. (2017), examiners of
For feedback to be effective, the feedback receiver
doctoral theses are typically selected because of their
needs to take an active and volitional role in responding
expertise and academic achievements in the relevant
to and acting on the comments provided by the feedback
field of research. Thus, candidates are generally confident
sender. Nash and Winstone (2017) contrast the agentic
that the feedback they are being given is coming from an
learner who takes responsibility for making decisions
esteemed and trustworthy informant.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally et al.
33
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Characteristics of the message
Characteristics of the context
High-quality feedback clarifies what good performance
It could be assumed that if educators clearly communicate
entails and provides corrective, ‘task-specific’ advice
the ways in which students’ work has not addressed the
for how the current work can be improved, or ‘process
required standards or criteria and have clearly conveyed
feedback’ regarding what could or should be done in
information regarding what needs to be done to address
the future (Winstone et al., 2017a). Some researchers
these inadequacies, then students will be cognisant of the
in the higher education context have found that
gaps or errors in their work and, as long as they have the
learners prefer future-oriented feedback regarding skills
motivation to act upon the advice, will be well equipped
development (e.g. Carless, 2006), while others maintain
to remedy any omissions or inaccuracies. However, Price,
that the ‘ideal’ is a balance between task-specific and
Handley and Millar (2011) argue that engagement with
process feedback (Sadler, 2010). The results from
feedback is influenced by both individual and contextual
Winstone et al.’s review of assessment feedback in the
factors. From their analysis of student perceptions of
higher education context suggested that as well as the
feedback in higher education systems, Price et al. (2011)
focus and content of the feedback, a critical or negative
concluded that engagement with feedback is a socially
tone, nuances in the wording of the message and tacit or
embedded process that operates within the discourses,
ambiguous comments also influenced learners’ attitudes
policies and culture of the learning institutions. Lovat et al.
towards the feedback and their motivation to act on it.
(2008) postulated that the abovementioned dominance of
Higher education students were found to be less likely to
‘deficit discourse’ in examiner reports could be emanating
act on feedback that was perceived as being negatively
from an incumbent set of cultural expectations in a
judgemental, unconstructive or insensitive. Similarly,
‘doctoral regime’ that positions examiners as experts, and
some studies found that university students often
doctoral candidates as novice researchers who require
reported feeling confused and unsure how to respond
further instruction.This in turn brings the discussion back
to feedback that was couched in unfamiliar academic
to an earlier point about seeing the thesis as an object of
discourse or that did not clearly communicate what
learning and that learning, and learner status, do not cease
changes should be made or if any revisions were actually
at the point of examination.
required (Jonsson, 2012).
Winstone et al.’s (2017a) review of the literature
In the Australian doctoral examination process,
also identified several characteristics of the higher
examiners provide feedback to candidates via a written
education learning and assessment environment that
report and for most doctoral degrees there is no oral
have the potential to affect learners’ engagement with
examination or any direct contact between the examiner
feedback adversely. Key among these were the timing
and the candidate. Thus, candidates generally have no
of feedback delivery, institutional policies and the lack
opportunity to clarify with examiners the meaning or
of opportunities for face-to-face dialogue. Learners
intent of the comments provided in the written report.
who have to wait a long time to receive feedback are
Monfries and Lovat (2006) analysed 23 examination
typically less engaged with the feedback once it finally
reports for top-rated theses in one Australian university
arrives and are less motivated to act upon it (e.g. Nicol
and found a ‘pervading theme of deficit’ and a high
& McFarlane-Dick, 2006). As noted previously, the giving
proportion of text devoted to how some aspect of the
and receiving of feedback is a communicative event and
thesis could have been improved, even in cases where the
numerous assessment researchers and theorists have
examiners had recommended that the thesis should be
noted the importance that learners place on responding
passed without any revisions or amendments. From their
to educators and completing the dialogic feedback loop
analysis of the discourse of 50 examiner reports from
(Winstone et al., 2017a). As a general rule, Jonsson (2012,
one New Zealand university, Starfield et al. (2017) noted
p.72) recommends ‘an active and dialogic model of
that because of the multiple roles that examiners assume
feedback.’ This has some bearing on the value of an oral
when writing their reports, doctoral candidates may have
component to doctoral examination. From their review
difficulty in distinguishing whether or not examiner
of the role of the Viva in the PhD examination process,
comments are intended as feedback for further action.
Lovat et al. (2015) suggest that the inclusion of a Viva is
These authors argue that institutions may need to ‘provide
unlikely to change the results of the examination process
more explicit guidance to examiners and raise examiners
but might offer candidates an opportunity for collegial
awareness of the need to more clearly distinguish the
discussions with their examiners and thus provide a
functions of their comments’ (Starfield et al., 2017, p.54).
greater sense of closure.
34
Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally et al.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
The context for this study
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
might have on candidate agency and engagement, in light of the research on feedback receptiveness and the factors
The
introduction
of
the Australian
Qualifications
Framework (AQF) in 1995 aimed to provide a nationally
that can affect the uptake of examiner guidance and completion of the feedback loop.
consistent description and hierarchical classification of all tertiary awards and qualifications. The framework, which
Method
was revised in 2013, describes the characteristics of each qualification in terms of learning outcomes and specifies
The authors undertook a desktop review of publicly
progression pathways from Certificate 1 qualifications
available doctoral examination policies and procedures
(AQF Level 1) to doctoral degrees (AQF Level 10). The
from the total population of 39 Australian universities that
AQF Level 10 criteria explicate the specific knowledge
offer PhD degrees and are listed on the UniversitiesAustralia
and skills that candidates are expected to have acquired
website
and be able to apply in order to qualify for the award of
universities/university-profiles#.W4Sr22eQmws).
a doctoral degree. The summary statement for Level 10
thesis examination policies and procedures were sourced
indicates that ‘graduates at this level will have systematic
from each university’s web-pages in July and August 2018.
and critical understanding of a complex field of learning
The search terms included: thesis examination/examiner;
and
specialised
research
skills for the advancement of
learning
professional be
able
and/or
for
practice’ and
to
demonstrate
‘autonomy,
authoritative
judgement,
adaptability
and
responsibility
(www.universitiesaustralia.edu.au/australias-
as
The
doctoral thesis; and PhD
Higher education students were found to be less likely to act on feedback that was perceived as being negatively judgemental, unconstructive or insensitive.
thesis. The
review
collated
information relating to the following seven aspects of the
examination
process:
examiner and examination
an
criteria;
determining
expert and leading practitioner or scholar’ (AQF, 2013,
examination outcomes; reconciling disparate examiner
p.63). McInnis (2010) argues that while the AQF creates
reports; responding to examiner reports; revision
transparency and consensus about the requirements for
procedures and the terminology used to describe
each qualification among different sectors, it is limited
recommendations and revisions; and the inclusion or
in its capacity to directly ensure academic standards.
absence of a Viva in the conduct of the examination.
While examiners are tasked with making judgements
Information was typically sourced from several policy
and recommendations about doctoral standards, final
documents as well as from guidelines provided to students
responsibility for determining whether a candidate will
and examiners. Complete data from the 39 universities
be awarded a doctoral degree rests with the institution.
was available for all aspects, with the exception of
Higher degree by research (HDR) examination
examination criteria, where we could only locate this
processes are not static and appear to be in a state of
information for 19 institutions. We acknowledge that that
flux given the changes in the scope and the forms of
there is likely to be additional information concerning
the doctoral degree. In every institution, examiners have
internal processes that was not publicly available. The
the option of passing or failing the candidate outright
Stage 2 interviews with Deans or Directors of Graduate
or requiring changes of a lesser to more major extent –
Studies from ten universities will provide further insights
the most extreme being revise and resubmit. What do
into examination processes.
candidates have to do to meet the demands made of them at this point and how is the need to successfully meet these demands evident in policies and decision-making
Results
processes? We limit our focus in this paper to the policies
Examiner criteria
and processes connected with securing examiner reports
In Australia, university policies dictate a common set
through to the decisions around awarding the degree and
of criteria which must be applied to the selection
making revisions. Based on the above, we targeted the
of examiners. All of the universities surveyed for this
processes which govern how candidates and supervisors
project stipulated that PhD examiners must be external
receive and respond to examiner feedback. In the
to the university in which the candidate is enrolled and
discussion, we consider the impact that current processes
have no conflicts of interest, thus ensuring impartiality
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally et al.
35
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
and minimising any chance of bias or subjective
Determining examination outcomes
judgement. In addition, examiners must have a doctoral
In most universities, once examiner reports are received,
qualification or equivalent, be currently active in the
they are read and ‘evaluated’ by an HDR panel or
field of research and have international standing in the
committee and a recommendation is made based on the
research topic. Just over one quarter (11) asked that
examiners’ recommendations and comments. In some
examiners have adequate experience in examining – or
institutions, the recommendation is determined by a
at least supervising – HDR students, with one university
committee delegate such as the chair of a faculty research
explaining that ‘inexperienced examiners might be
or thesis examination committee, and then considered
more critical’.
by a key individual such as the Dean, Director or Deputy
Close to one quarter (10) of universities required
Dean of Research. The recommendation is generally made
that there must be at least one examiner from outside
prior to student notification and without consultation
Australia. One university suggested selecting an examiner
with supervisors. There were eight universities where
from an international candidate’s home country, to
supervisors played an integral role in assisting the
facilitate the examiner later becoming a mentor to that
committee to decide about the classification level and
candidate. It is also noteworthy that there is sometimes a
a further four where supervisors were consulted only
degree of flexibility about the requirements for examiners
if the committee were seeking advice to help reconcile
being external or international, due to the need in some
examiners’divergent views. At one university the candidate
disciplines for the examiner to sight a creative work in
and the supervisors received the examiner reports before
person. Several universities mention other requirements:
the committee and were required to provide a response
that examiners are drawn from different institutions, or
to the examiner comments before a determination was
that they are available for an oral examination if required,
made. Under this arrangement, the candidate’s response
or available for a certain period (to provide the report
to examiners and the Principal Supervisor’s commentary
within two months, for example), or that they are well-
on the examiners’ reports were considered along with the
informed about the standards expected of the thesis. A
examiners’ reports to assist the committee in making their
few universities asked for examiners who have empathy
recommendation.
for the theoretical framework used by the candidate, or even expertise in that framework.
Examination criteria
In about a quarter of the universities, the supervisors were consulted as part of the determination of outcomes process and thus received the examiner reports before the candidates, but in the majority of universities the
Thesis examination criteria were located for 19 of the 39
reports were sent to the supervisors and candidates at the
universities. Of these, the majority described common
same time along with the committee recommendation.
features and standards expected in a doctoral thesis
The three categories – Passed with no amendments,
including: a systematic and comprehensive literature
Revise and resubmit, and Fail, were evident in every
review; effective and rigorous methodology that is
institution. There was also always an option for a thesis
appropriate for the thesis topic; results presented in an
to be passed with amendments.The majority of Australian
accurate and logical manner; and a lucid discussion and
universities (24) favoured five levels of classification with
conclusions that are linked to the research questions.
the additional two recommendations being – Passed with
In addition, the thesis (or parts thereof) had to be
minor amendments and Passed with major revisions.
suitable for publication and the literary presentation was
At the 15 universities with only four recommendation
expected to be clear, discernible, coherent, accurately
options, the minor and major revisions were combined
and cogently written, concise and authoritative. The
into one category. An additional option of awarding an
criteria mostly referred to the thesis, but 12 institutions
appropriate master’s degree instead of Fail at PhD level
referred to the research skills and qualities of the
was offered by 14 institutions.
candidate, while two universities referred separately to both the essential elements of the thesis as well as the
Reconciliation of examiners’ reports
specific skills and competencies of the candidate. Ten
Most universities included several options for reconciling
universities specifically mentioned the requirements
disparate recommendations by the examiners. In addition
of the AQF concerning the candidate’s capacity to
to seeking input from the supervisors or heads of schools
demonstrate and independently apply their research
and faculties, the next most common method was to
skills and knowledge.
contact the ‘reserve examiner’ or appoint an additional
36
Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally et al.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
examiner. In this case, neither the candidate nor the
Thesis Examiner reports, and Thesis corrections letter.
supervisor is given the original reports until after the
Candidates were usually advised that they did not need
additional examiner’s report has been received. In one
to make all the revisions recommended by the examiners,
university the original examiners could be contacted
but they should still address all of the examiner comments
and asked to provide additional information in either
and if any changes suggested by the examiners were not
written or verbal form. Three universities have an option
enacted, then the candidate should provide a justification
of appointing an adjudicator or arbitrator whose role is
as to why the suggestions were not implemented.
to consider and report on the research and review the
Candidates who completed a thesis by publication were
reports of the examiners, while 25 institutions reserve an
also warned that ‘having published sections of the thesis
option to ask or require candidates to participate in an
in a peer-reviewed format is not an adequate defence for
oral or written examination.
not actioning suggested changes.’ There were also various terms used to describe the thesis that was submitted
Responding to examiner reports
along with the response to the examiners’ report. The
As noted by Lovat et al. (2015), most doctoral candidates
most common was revised thesis, followed by corrected
are required to make either minor or major revisions
thesis and final copy of thesis.
to their thesis before the degree is conferred. At most
Apart from the general instructions provided to
universities, the supervisor and candidate appear to
candidates about the format of the amendments report
be given joint responsibility for making the decisions
and the timelines allocated to the various levels of
about the extent and nature of any revisions. However,
revisions, very few universities provided information
four universities stipulate that the decision on how to
about the process of undertaking revisions and the
respond to examiner reports will be made by the Thesis
respective roles of the candidate and supervisor in
Examination Committee or the Chair of such committees,
deciding what and how examiner comments should be
apparently without consultation with the candidate
addressed. However, one university specifically noted
or supervisor. This advice could be general (‘address
that throughout the thesis examination and review
all points raised by examiner X’) or specific (‘insert a
processes, the role of the supervisor should be as ‘guide,
discussion of YYY on p.37’). Another university advised
advisor and critical reviewer rather than co-author or
candidates that ‘rewriting instructions will be composed
editor of the thesis.’Another university attempted to assist
by your supervisory panel, endorsed by the School or
candidates, supervisors and the examination committee
Institute Research and Higher Degrees Committee and
in interpreting examiner reports by providing specific
then approved by the Research Studies Committee’.
guidelines for examiners about how to write ‘valid’
There were various terms used to describe the ‘revisions’ required under the ‘passed with amendments’ category. The most common terms in order of decreasing frequency were, amendments, corrections, and revisions. These terms were often preceded by the descriptors ‘minor’ or ‘major’. Less frequently used terms included changes, additions or additional work, rewriting and clarifications.
Revision processes In 19 of the 39 institutions, candidates who were awarded a ‘pass with amendments’ (either minor or major) were
suggestions for revisions: The examiner must state clearly in the examination report what the candidate needs to do to address issues and to provide specific guidance to the candidate as to how he/she can address the issues raised. Vague statements that can be interpreted as opinion, such as “it would have been good if ...”, “the candidate could have ...”, “discussion of ... would have been useful”, without specific direction, such as “the candidate must ...”, “the candidate should ....”, cannot be given weight. The candidate will not be expected to respond to vague comments or statements of opinion.
required to prepare a response to the examiner reports.
The inclusion of a Viva
This response was usually completed by the candidate in
At the time of writing, only 2 of the 39 universities
conjunction with their supervisors and then submitted
incorporated a Viva as an integral and compulsory part
to an examination committee or delegate for review
of the PhD examination process. These initiatives were
and final approval. There were various terms used to
relatively recent with one university introducing the Viva
describe the ‘form’ or ‘report’ that candidates were
requirement in 2016 and the other in 2018.There were 25
required to submit. These included:Table of amendments,
universities where a Viva could be conducted as an option
Detailed response to Examiner comments; Response to
to resolve examination outcome differences or where
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally et al.
37
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
it was essential in some disciplines or for conjoint and
Candidate agency
cotutelle programs. Two universities allowed candidates
Stracke and Kumar (2010, p.19), note that ‘the ultimate
to choose whether they wanted to participate in a Viva
aim of doctoral education is to train scholars to become
as part of their PhD examination. While a formal Viva was
independent learners’ and independence as researchers
uncommon, ten universities referred to a public seminar
is also specified in the AQF. Given this expectation, it
or oral presentation that occurred three to six months
appears incongruous that candidates should be the last
prior to submission. At five of these ten universities, the
to receive feedback about their thesis or if, as is the case
seminar and subsequent feedback appeared to be purely
in some institutions, decisions about which examiner
formative in nature, while three universities specified that
comments should be addressed is relegated to supervisors
this presentation was a milestone that must be passed
or an examination committee. When examiners make it
before thesis submission and the other two universities
clear that a candidate needs to do more, then is the thesis
indicated that the oral presentation ‘may form part of the
‘not doctoral’, not complete, or something else again? Is
approved examination process’.
the candidate trusted? If doctoral candidates are being adequately prepared to meet the AQF Level 10 standard
Discussion
of demonstrating ‘autonomy, authoritative judgement, adaptability and responsibility as an expert and leading
In the discussion, the authors will examine what has
practitioner or scholar ‘(AQF, 2013, p. 63), then the implicit
been learned about policy in respect to the end stage of
questioning of candidate readiness to make decisions
examination and features identified as integral to closing
about how to implement feedback suggests fundamental
the feedback loop.
tensions in the interpretation of recommendations
Candidate receptiveness
and candidate agency. As noted by Nash and Winstone (2017), the effectiveness of feedback depends on both the
An integral part of responding effectively to feedback
learner’s cognisance of what needs to be done as well
is managing ‘negative’ emotions that can arise when
as the opportunities provided to the learner to engage
the feedback is interpreted as ‘criticism’ or implies that
with, and act on, the feedback provided. Winstone et al.
the learner has been deficient in some way. Candidates
(2017b, p. 2026) suggested that ‘feedback without action
who strongly believe their thesis is a ‘finished product’
is unproductive’ but actions based on supervisor or
at the time of submission are unlikely to be in a state
committee advice without reflective engagement by the
of ‘proactive recipience’ when they receive examiner
candidate can be equally unproductive.
feedback recommending that revisions and improvements can, should or must be made. If, as Golding et al. (2014) and Kandiko and Kinchin
Characteristics and behaviour of the feedback sender
(2012) suggest, doctoral candidates tend to focus on the
The desktop review confirmed Starfield et al.’s (2017)
PhD as a ‘product’, then a mismatch might arise between
contention that Australian universities apply strict criteria
candidate, institutional and examiner expectations of
to ensure that examiners are impartial experts in the
the purpose and contents of examiner reports. In their
field of study. While an examination or HDR research
attempt to standardise processes for examining PhD
committee might reserve the ultimate role of selecting two
theses in Australian universities 15 years ago, Lawson et
to three examiners, it is supervisors who are tasked with
al. (2003) recommended that candidates be provided
nominating an appropriate array of suitable examiners
with the same materials that are developed for examiners
from which this choice is made.Thus, both supervisors and
so that the formative elements of examination feedback
candidates should be confident about the characteristics,
will be anticipated well before thesis submission or the
expertise and credibility of the examiner. While a strict
receipt of examiner reports.
selection process appears to ensure examiner credibility,
The current review of documents available on university
what appears more problematic and less easy to address
websites regarding examination processes suggests that
directly in policy, is the quality of feedback. Without
candidates now do have access to detailed information
knowing the individual, feedback can be difficult to
about examination criteria, how examination results are
target and not all examiners may have the same facility
determined, and the processes required for responding to
in their communication of feedback. The desktop review
examiner reports. It remains to be seen if students take
revealed that at least one university provided explicit and
this on board and feel well informed.
prescriptive guidance to examiners about how to write
38
Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally et al.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
their report in a way that clearly differentiated essential
neutral terms such as changes, clarifications and additions
revisions from optional improvements, in an endeavour
gaining prominence.
to clarify the intentions underlying examiner feedback. While the development of more specific guidelines for
Contextual influences
examiners has the potential to improve the clarity of
The current review also revealed that the inclusion of a
examiner reports, Lovat et al. (2015) noted that examiners
Viva in the Australian PhD examination process is rare. All
rarely follow the guidelines they are given. Nonetheless,
universities required written examiner reports, but only
clearer guidelines for examiners about the importance of
two institutions incorporate a Viva in the examination
explicating what changes they require is both possible
process. At both of these universities, the introduction
and useful.
of the Viva is very recent, with one commencing the Viva in 2016 and the other in 2018. The inclusion of a
Characteristics of the message
compulsory or optional pre-submission seminar at some
A separate issue to the clarity of the feedback sender and
universities provides an opportunity for candidates to
the characteristics of the examiners’ message concerns
gain formative feedback from academics within their own
the implicit message that is being communicated to
institution prior to thesis completion, but this mechanism
candidates and examiners by the terminology that
does not address the communication gap between a
institutions use to describe examination outcomes and required changes to a thesis before it can be passed. The review indicated that the terms
‘amendments
corrections’
were
and often
used in the context of minor changes while ‘revisions’ was
candidate and their ultimate
Candidates who strongly believe their thesis is a ‘finished product’ at the time of submission are unlikely to be in a state of ‘proactive recipience’ when they receive examiner feedback recommending that revisions and improvements can, should or must be made.
more often associated with
expert examiners.
Nicol
(2010)
argues that feedback can only be effective if it involves a ‘two-way dialogic process’ and it could be assumed that feedback provided through written examination reports, without the inclusion of a
recommendations requiring
Viva, constitutes a ‘one-way
major changes. While these terms were typically used
process’. However, when minor or major changes are
interchangeably, they have quite different meanings,
required, candidates in most Australian institutions are
with amendments suggesting changes for improvement
asked to provide a response to the examiner reports in
and corrections, suggesting changes to rectify an error
which they explain the changes they have made and,
or omission. Revision is technically a more neutral term
where necessary, justify why they have not acted upon
signifying a change or alteration, but it implies a more
some of the examiners’ suggestions. While this response
serious ‘problem’ with a thesis because of its usual
is not sent to the examiners, the decisions and revisions
association with the recommendation categories of
are considered by an examination committee or delegate
‘Accept with major revisions’ or ‘Revise and resubmit’.
and thus the feedback loop is completed to some extent,
Regardless of the term used to describe the required
albeit with a different ‘expert’. This process ensures
changes, the descriptors of ‘minor’ and ‘major’ carry
that candidates are ‘cognisant’ of the feedback (Nash &
loaded implications for candidates about the magnitude
Winstone, 2017) but the extent to which candidates
of the ‘problems’ that examiners identified in their thesis.
are actively engaging with the feedback, taking prime
The difficulties involved in accurately gauging the extent
responsibility
of the changes that examiners required was evidenced by
embarking on revisions is unclear.
for
making
decisions, and
willingly
the substantial proportion of universities that elected to dispense with demarcations between minor amendments
Conclusions
and major revisions. This dissolution goes some way to alleviating candidates’ likely negative emotional response
The desktop review of the policies and processes
to reports that explicitly categorise the changes that need
of Australian universities investigated the channels
to be made as ‘major’. A small proportion of universities
through which doctoral candidates receive and respond
appear to be conscious of the impact of the words they
to examiner reports, and the language that is used to
use to describe recommendation categories with more
describe examination recommendations and thesis
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally et al.
39
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
revisions.The analysis suggests that some current doctoral assessment practices might inadvertently have an adverse impact on candidate receptiveness to, and engagement with, examiner feedback. Specifically, there appears to be a lack of emphasis given to candidate agency and volition in the processes that govern decisions about thesis revisions. Universities are understandably concerned with maintaining standards and ensuring that examiner reports are taken seriously and objectively considered. However, there might be scope for providing more immediate access to examiner reports and allowing PhD candidates to assume greater responsibility for interpreting and digesting examiner feedback and taking the lead in making decisions about the revision strategies. As well as having an opportunity to be actively engaged in responding to examiner feedback, candidates need to be willing to embark on incorporating changes that they may not have anticipated. Candidate volition to act on examiner feedback might be negatively impacted by the terminology surrounding changes, such as classifications of ‘major’ and ‘minor’ and the use of terms such as ‘corrections’ and ‘revisions’ when perhaps ‘amendments’ is what examiners intended. A more consistent use of terminology might assist candidates, supervisors and university committees to accurately interpret examiner reports and determine whether examiner comments are identifying flaws that need to be rectified or are offered as optional adornments to complement the existing work. Given that the majority of Australian doctoral candidates do not complete a feedback loop through dialogue with their examiners at a Viva, we need to consider whether current examination processes allow adequate opportunities for candidates to actively engage with examiner feedback and take advantage of this final opportunity to demonstrate, or further develop, authoritative judgement and research autonomy.
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
References AQF (Australian Qualifications Framework Council). (2013). Australian Qualifications Framework (2nd ed.) Adelaide: Australian Qualifications Framework Council. Retrieved from https://www.aqf.edu.au/sites/aqf/files/aqf2nd-edition-january-2013.pdf Burke, D. (2009). Strategies for using feedback students bring to higher education. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 34(1), 41-50. Carless, D. (2006). Differing perceptions in the feedback process. Studies in Higher Education, 31(2), 219-233. Carless, D., & Boud, D. (2018). The development of student feedback literacy: enabling uptake of feedback. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 43(8), 1315-1325. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2018.1463354 Delamont, S., Atkinson, P. & Parry, O. (2000). The doctoral experience: Success and failure in graduate school. London/New York: Routledge. Golding, C., Sharmini, S. & Lazarovitch,A. (2014). What examiners do: what thesis students should know. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 39(5), 563-576. DOI: 10.1080/02602938.2013.859230 Holbrook, A., Bourke, S., Fairbairn, H., & Lovat, T. (2014). The focus and substance of formative comment provided by PhD examiners. Studies in Higher Education, 39(6), 983-1000 Holbrook, A., Bourke, S., Lovat, T., & Dally, K. (2004). Investigating PhD thesis examination reports. International Journal of Educational Research, 41(2), 98-120. Johnson, D.W. & Johnson, F.P. (1994). Joining together: Group theory and group skills. (5th ed.). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Jonsson, A. (2012). Facilitating productive use of feedback in higher education. Active Learning in Higher Education, 14(1), 63-76. Kandiko, C.B. & Kinchin, I.M. (2012). What is a doctorate? A concept-mapped analysis of process versus product in the supervision of lab-based PhDs. Educational Research, 54(1), 3-16. DOI: 10.101080/00131881.2012.658196 Lawson, A. Marsh, H, & Tansley, T. (2003). Examining the examiners. Australian Universities’ Review, 46(1), 32-36. Lovat, T., Holbrook, A., & Bourke, S. (2008). Ways of knowing in Doctoral examination: how well is the doctoral regime? Educational Research Review, 3, 66-76. Lovat, T., Holbrook, A., Bourke, S., Fairbairn, H., Kiley, M., Paltridge, B., & Starfield, S. (2015). Examining doctoral examination and the question of the Viva. Higher Education Review, 47(3), 5-23 McInnis, C. (2010). The Australian qualifications framework. In D. D. Dill & M. Beerkens (eds). Public policy for academic quality: Analyses of innovative policy instruments (pp. 145–160). Dordrecht: Springer.
Acknowledgements
Monfries, M. & Lovat, T. (2006). Power discourse in PhD examination reports: A cross-disciplinary analysis. Paper presented at the Australian Association for Research in Education (AARE) conference.
This study is funded by an Australian Research Council
Mullins, G. & Kiley, M. (2002). ‘It’s a PhD, not a Nobel Prize’: How experienced examiners assess research theses. Studies in Higher Education, 27, 369-438. http://dx.doi.org/10.10800307507022000011507
Discovery Project Grant (DP180100448). This sponsor had no involvement in the design or implementation of this study, in analyses of data, or in the drafting of this manuscript. Kerry Dally, Allyson Holbrook, Terence Lovat and Janene Budd are colleagues at the Centre for the Study of Research Training and Impact (SORTI) in the School of Education at the University of Newcastle, NSW, Australia. Contact: Kerry.Dally@newcastle.edu.au
40
Nash, R.A. & Winstone, N. (2017). Responsibility-sharing in the giving and receiving of assessment feedback. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 1519. doi:10.3389/ fpsyg.2017.01519 Nicol, D. (2010). From monologue to dialogue: improving written feedback processes in mass higher education. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 35(5), 501-517. Nicol, D.J. & McFarlane-Dick (2006). Formative assessment and self-regulated learning: A model and seven principles of good feedback practice. Studies in Higher Education, 31(2), 199-218. DOI: 10.1080/03075070600572090
Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally et al.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
OECD (2016). Education at a glance 2016. OECD Indicators. Paris: OECD Publishing. http://dx.org/10.1787/eag-2016-en Pereira, D., Assunção, M., & Niklasson, L. (2016). Assessment revisited: a review of research in Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education. Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education, 41(7), 1008-10032. DOI:10.1080/02602938 .2015.1055233 Price, M., Handley, K., & Millar, J. (2011). Feedback: focusing attention on engagement. Studies in Higher Education, 36(8), 879-896. Sadler, D.R. (1989). Formative assessment and the design of instructional systems. Instructional Science, 18, 145-165. Sadler, D.R. (2010). Beyond feedback: developing student capability in complex appraisal. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 35(5), 535-550. Scriven, M. (1967). The Methodology of Evaluation. AERA Monograph Series on Evaluation, 1, pp. 39-83. Starfield, S., Paltridge, B., McMurtie, R., Holbrook, A., Lovat, T, Kiley, M., & Fairbairn, H. (2017). Evaluation and instruction in PhD examiners’ reports: How grammatical choices construe examiner roles. Linguistics and Education 42, 53-64. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.linged.2017.07.008
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Stracke, E. & Kumar, V. (2010). Feedback and self-regulated learning: Insights from supervisors’ and PhD examiners’ reports. Reflective Practice, 11(1), 19-32, DOI:10.1080/14623940903525140 Taras, M. (2009). Summative assessment: the missing link for formative assessment. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 33(1), 57-69. DOI:10.1080/03098770802638671 Tinkler, P. & Jackson, C. (2000). Examining the Doctorate: Institutional policy and the PhD examination process in Britain. Studies in Higher Education, 25(2), 167-180. DOI:10.1080/713696136 Winstone, N.E., Nash, R.A., Parker, M., & Rowntree, J. (2017a). Supporting learners’ agentic engagement with feedback: A systematic review and a taxonomy of recipience processes. Educational Psychologist, 52(1), 17-37. DOI:10.1080/0 0461520.2016.1207538 Winstone, N. E., Nash, R. A., Rowntree, J., & Parker, M. (2017b). ‘It’d be useful, but I wouldn’t use it’: Barriers to university students’ feedback seeking and recipience. Studies in Higher Education, 42(11), 2026-2041. doi: 10.1080/03075079.2015.1130032
Examiner feedback and Australian doctoral examination processes Kerry Dally et al.
41
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Engagement and impact through ‘amplifier platforms’ Kim Osman & Stuart Cunningham Digital Media Research Centre, Queensland University of Technology
Digital and social media have grown exponentially to become highly influential spheres of public communication – increasingly crowded, contested, and corrupted, and increasingly in need of scholarly engagement. As public debate is conducted more through social and digital media, alternative metrics (‘altmetrics’) that are generated from social and digital media platforms become important as indicators of impact and engagement. We review the growth of amplifier platforms and the academic and contextual reasons for their growth. Amplifier platforms are defined to distinguish them from traditional media outlets (where the scholarly voice is mediated through and ‘gatekept’ by journalists, whose editors retain final control), personal blogs (very few of which can be maintained over time) and from social media platforms (where the scholarly voice is accorded no presumptive standing). A significant range of amplifier platforms is canvassed while acknowledging that in Australia, the amplifier platform The Conversation plays a central role. Keywords: public scholarship, amplifier platforms, digital media, online scholarly communication, The Conversation
Introduction
This article reports insights from an ARC-funded Linkage project (LP160100205 Amplifying Public Value: Scholarly
The Australian Research Council (ARC) recently released
Contributions’ Impact on Public Debate) to shed light
the findings of its first engagement and impact assessment
on the public communication element of engagement
exercise in March 2019. Of the 626 case studies that were
and impact. As public debate increasingly is conducted
submitted to the ARC for assessment, 85 per cent were
through social and digital media, alternative metrics
rated as having a high or medium level of engagement,
(‘altmetrics’) that are generated from social and digital
while 88 per cent of the 637 submitted impact case
media platforms become more important as indicators
studies were assessed as having a medium or high level
of impact and engagement. We seek to understand how
of impact. Seventy-six per cent were assessed as having a
scholars frame their own practices of engagement and
medium or high rating for approach to impact (Australian
impact, how they use platforms like The Conversation,
Research Council, 2019). Minister for Education Dan
and how institutions are supporting such activities on
Tehan said the results show that ‘University research is
these sites.
improving the lives of every Australian’ (Ministers for the Department of Education and Training, 2019). Universities
Amplifying public value
are pleased with what appear to be good results, but what work practices and institutional dynamics lie behind
The understanding of the term impact differs between users
these results?
and audiences and as most scholars are publicly-funded
42
Engagement and impact through ‘amplifier platforms’ Kim Osman & Stuart Cunningham
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
researchers, understanding how they pursue impact and
The Conversation or IndigenousX, or a mainstream news
‘influence beyond academia’ (Penfield et al., 2014, p. 21)
story) that contained scholarly intellectual content. We
is vital. Australian researchers engage in a variety of public
used issue mapping techniques (Burgess & Matamoros-
communication activities.They can write for platforms like
Fernández, 2016) to identify stakeholder groups who were
The Conversation, conduct interviews with local radio
discussing Australia Day, historically a contested date. Our
stations, share research with people involved in discussions
findings suggest that articles with a strong positionality
on social media about topical issues like climate change or
are taken up by like-minded, interest-based subcultures
the minimum wage. These activities connect researchers
and communities, while those that demonstrate authority
directly with the public and stakeholders. Using sites
and/or provide an overview of the issues at hand may be
like these also generates metrics that offer new ways of
able to reach across these different groups.
measuring impact and engagement with a scholar’s work. These metrics are called alternative metrics or altmetrics
Amplifier platforms
(Priem et al., 2010). They include reading, viewing, and listening to scholarly material, across diverse reception
This type of public communication by scholars is
channels; on-sharing through additional channels, including
important in a public sphere reconfigured by digital
social media;and responding through comments attached to
media. Traditional media is heavily intermediated and
the original publication, or in follow-on discussion through
space constrained. They make editorial decisions, act as
social media and other channels. Alternative metrics are
gatekeepers and refuse on principle to allow final checks
diverse and while there is a growing interest in altmetrics
by sources on copy. In response to these closed systems
which look to mainstream and social media to measure
of traditional reporting and also the tightly controlled and
the reach of scholarly content beyond formal citation data,
pay-walled structure of traditional academic publishing,
there is little systematic research on the practices of public
scholars turned early in the digital era to the blogosphere
communication by academics – as represented by so-called
to circulate their work. Work in progress could be
‘TED talks’ (influential videos from experts), podcasts,
presented, pre-prints published, findings discussed, and
blogging and participation in social media conversations
research shared. Academic blogs were an early form
on expert topics (Marshall & Atherton, 2015).
of ‘amplifier platform’. We define this as a digital media
This article forms part of a larger ARC Linkage project
platform the content of which is primarily written by
investigating these practices and scoping advanced
scholars, is intended for a lay audience and is available for
impact metrics based on the different ways in which
reuse and republishing in other media channels.
scholars engage in public communication in the pursuit
Puschmann and Mahrt (2012) found academic blogs to
of impact. Along with these metrics we are interested also
be an important site of debate and discussion for scholars;
in how engaging in public communication via different
a place to answer questions about science, in this case,
digital media channels and platforms affects career paths
and give back to the community. They also found ‘thirty-
and how institutions may be better able to support
five per cent of the respondents blog because they enjoy
scholars to engage in impactful public communication.
controversies, highlighting the function of blogs as places of
Engagement and impact measures that accurately capture
debate and opinion rather than neutrality and impartiality’
research use is not just of interest to funding bodies and
(Puschmann & Mahrt, 2012, p. 177). However, it is a rare
those who allocate the resources. Being able to effectively
academic who can sustain engagement with a blog over
measure the impact of your research is necessary for
time (notable examples are Alice Gorman and John Quiggin
scholars in research priority settings and particularly early
among others. See Appendix 1 for a full list of the blogs
stage career planning.
and amplifier platforms discussed in the article). However,
Public communication is often necessary for research
those who do, demonstrated the power of digital media for
translation to take place. Policymakers and practitioners
engaging others with academic research and, over time,
in government, industry and the third sector often do
platforms emerged that started to aggregate or curate blog
not have access to academic journals where much of
posts from multiple academics (e.g. hypotheses; SciLogs).
the bibliometric effort is located, or the time for them.
Institutional support for blogging emerged and, in some
Our project team studied social media data relevant to
instances, this came through the creation of university and
the 2018 debate concerning Australia Day. We captured
department blogs (e.g. LSE (London School of Economics)
tweets that contained URLs of media objects (where the
Blogs) or professional associations (e.g. AMS (American
object was either an article on an amplifier platform like
Mathematical Society) Blogs) that had a cohort of expert
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Engagement and impact through ‘amplifier platforms’ Kim Osman & Stuart Cunningham
43
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
authors. LSE Blogs are mostly written by academics and
Examples include Pursuit from the University of
‘while not peer reviewed in the same way as most journal
Melbourne and the Newsroom at UNSW.
publications, each LSE blog is overseen by a dedicated editor
Amplifier platforms are sites of debate and discussion,
or editors, with contributions carefully selected, revised,
sites of communication and sociality, and for many, sites
and improved’ (Arrebola, 2017). This model, similar to The
of information and knowledge. Considering questions
Conversation, is somewhere ‘in between an academic and
about the integrity of information found on digital media
a mass-media piece’ and has been found to be an important
sites and the rise of ‘fake news’, it can be argued that
platform for generating citations for academics comparable
the role of scholarly contributions in these spaces is
to ‘the likes of Nature, Scientific American or PLOS One,
increasingly important to counter misinformation. They
and web platforms of publishers such as Wiley or Springer’
operate outside the traditional academic peer-review
(Arrebola, 2017). Blogs also became features of traditional
publication system and alongside social and mainstream
publishing’s digital media channels on journal sites like
media to facilitate public engagement with scholarly
PLOS One and Scientific American.
content. It should be noted that while social media can
While all these sites contain content for lay audiences,
amplify scholarly research, for example a tweet with a
they are still part of the traditional academic publishing
link to an academic journal article, social media platforms
landscape. Other platforms that emerged included
themselves are challenged in terms of establishing an
platforms like Medium that have ‘expert’ authors, who
authoritative voice. Social media contain many voices, and
are not necessarily scholars and Open Salon, a curated
scholarly contributions are part of social media streams
blog that fed featured content into Salon.com. Magazine
among everyday commentary, entertainment and news.
Slate also featured topical blogs, of which most, like Open
Andrew Hoffman (2016, p. 78) notes a shift among the
Salon, have since folded, but Future Tense, a ‘partnership
types of scholars who are using these platforms as ‘there
of Slate, New America, and Arizona State University that
is a demographic shift in play, where young scholars are
examines emerging technologies, public policy, and
seeking more impact from their work than their more
society’ (Slate, 2019) survives with a mix of articles from
senior colleagues.’ Although Hoffman also realises that
freelancers, staff writers and scholars.
engagement and impact is a concern for all scholars:
More recent platforms that sit at the boundary of science communication and amplifier platforms include Undark and Massive Science. Both accept unsolicited articles (‘pitches’), content is openly accessible and can be republished freely. Similar to these models, but with authorship limited almost exclusively to academics is The Conversation. A global platform, The Conversation’s
…scientists have a duty to recognize the inherently political nature of their work when it impacts on people’s beliefs and actions, and they have a duty to communicate that impact to those who must live with the consequences…Those of us who are privileged enough to live the life of an academic possess a privileged opportunity to contribute to the world around us (Hoffman, 2016, p. 91).
articles are authored by scholars and edited by topicexpert journalists in an intermediated editorial model.
The Conversation
Our research suggests that The Conversation is the primary amplifier used by scholars in Australia, although
The Conversation ‘s content is produced by a new type
Scimex, the Science Media Exchange run by the Australian
of hybrid journalism that works with scholars and other
Science Media Centre, also featured as a platform many use
experts to co-produce value. On the one hand, it shares
to generate engagement and impact with their work. The
characteristics with traditional news organisations: it is
Science Media Exchange and a similar amplifier platform,
staffed by trained journalists and its topical sections are
the Analysis and Policy Observatory, work with scholars
recognisable news categories. On the other hand, The
and experts to provide press releases and stories that can
Conversation is a prototypical content amplifier platform:
be republished, and like The Conversation, provide access
born online, drawing on a large community of contributors
to a database of experts for other media opportunities.
(26,000 scholars across four continents, contributing
We concentrate on The Conversation as it is the main
content pro bono), and adding value to their research
amplifier platform for Australian academics (it is also one
outputs by amplifying their impact on public debate. The
of our Linkage partners). Also emerging in the quest for
Conversation is a prime example of a transformational
impact are university blogs, containing professionally
shift supporting the distribution of knowledge goods.
curated and mediated content in the form of an amplifier
The Conversation describes itself as ‘an independent
platform, but with content only from its host institution.
source of news and views, sourced from the academic and
44
Engagement and impact through ‘amplifier platforms’ Kim Osman & Stuart Cunningham
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
research community and delivered direct to the public’
media platforms people use everyday can increase
(The Conversation, 2018a). It publishes long form posts
scholars’ traditional citation rates and altmetrics scores.
that respond to current events, introduce new research
And while this can help scholars’ careers, participating in
findings or review existing research on a topic. The
these sites can often be an extra layer of work that needs
site is organised like an online news site with sections
institutional support and recognition.
like Science & Technology, Arts & Culture, and Business & Economy. Zardo et al. (2018, p. 7) found 15 per cent
Audiences and the public
of readers used The Conversation articles to inform development of strategy, policy and programs: ‘This is an
Levels of engagement with the public therefore need to be
important finding that demonstrates that politicians and
negotiated by scholars who are using these new amplifier
policy officers are actively seeking out research evidence
platforms as it is ‘the case that up until the last decade or
and academic expertise on The Conversation and using
so, the only outlets that could report on research in lay
it to inform policy and program development’ (Zardo et
terms were the mainstream media’ (Arrebola & Mollett,
al., 2018, p. 13).
2017). As amplifier platforms open up new channels of
The Conversation has been increasingly establishing
engagement, academics now have to decide how they use
itself in the Australian media by way of its open and
different platforms and how much they engage. As Zardo
Creative Commons-licensed model that enables the site
et al. found on analysing responses in The Conversation’s
via republication to integrate well with other major
annual survey, ‘increased engagement can support
mainstream news platforms – a key feature of amplifier
increased research impact, but also highlight that not all
platforms. In doing this, it has become an effective outlet
engagement actions have the same effect’ (Zardo et al.,
for scholars to publish their findings, in a format that is
2018, p. 12). So, responding to a reader’s comment at the
freely accessible for the public, practitioners and key
bottom of an article on an amplifier platform (that may
decision-makers. The Conversation has a non-academic
prompt a change in attitude or behaviour) may not have
readership of 82 per cent, and of the total readership, 13
the same level of impact as replying to contact from a
per cent of users come from the government and policy
public servant that results in policy change.
sectors (The Conversation, 2018b). ‘Across the global
However, scholars’ involvement in these debates is
network, our audience is 11.8 million on theconversation.
important as it contributes to public engagement with
com and 38 million through republication. For TC Australia,
research, and the debates form a significant part of the
our audience is 3.8 million onsite, and 12 million through
overall information landscape about a given topic. As
creative commons republication’ (The Conversation,
Lörcher and Taddicken found when researching climate
2018b, p. 8).
change
communications,
‘Overall,
user-generated
The Conversation’s 2018 Stakeholder Report has cases
content constitutes a crucial part of the climate change
where authors have been contacted by an Australian
communication online’ (Lörcher & Taddicken, 2017, p.
Senate Committee and one author was contracted directly
3). When user-generated content does not align with the
by then Australian Labor Party leader, Bill Shorten. Articles
latest scientific research or is not evidence-based, the
written by academics are republished on over 22,000
scholars we interviewed for the project felt an ethical
different sites (The Conversation, 2018b) and authors are
imperative to engage in public communication.
reporting high rates of readership of their articles. With
With this in mind, scholars are engaging with people
this level of impact being achieved by academics, it makes
outside academia, and they do this in a variety of ways
sense for institutions to support academics contributing
on amplifier platforms like The Conversation, Medium,
to amplifier platforms.
Wikipedia and social media like Twitter and Facebook. Amplifier platforms are important in this landscape for
Why is publishing on amplifier platforms important?
two main reasons. First, these sites are free and openly accessible, unlike paywalled journals. Second, they link to sites where people are engaging in everyday
Amplifier platforms are important in the impact and
activities like socialising, reading news, information and
engagement landscape because they connect with a
topical stories and sharing things they find interesting
variety of audiences and the public and tie into the
(for example The Conversation has widgets to enable
social media ecosystem where debates are happening.
easy sharing of articles to platforms like LinkedIn and
Including hyperlinks to scholarly content on the digital
Facebook).
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Engagement and impact through ‘amplifier platforms’ Kim Osman & Stuart Cunningham
45
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
The content on them is pitched at a different register
of the community (an additional layer of labour).
to academic journals. It’s therefore interesting to see
Morin also found that ‘scientists should be willing to
how users of these platforms engage with scientific
debate both scientists and non-scientists in the public
information and academic research via altmetrics,
arena without necessarily having to worry about their
as to date there is very little research on this type of
opponent’s credentials’ (2018, p. 12). This raises issues
engagement. As Hargittai, Füchslin and Schäfer (2018)
of risk and risk mitigation that these platforms provide.
note, ‘The lack of focus on how people engage with
Participating in the public sphere opens scholars up
scientific topics on social media is surprising …[as]… a
to engagement which can include harassment, and
wide range of issues that were traditionally the purview
often these activities travel across platforms like news
of scientists such as climate change and vaccination have
media and different social media sites (for example the
become popular topics in the 21st century’ (Hargittai et
comments section on mainstream press articles and
al., 2018, p.1). While we acknowledge there has been a
Twitter discussions around a central hashtag). Hodson
rich tradition of research on the public understanding
et al. note that there is now an expectation that scholars
and public awareness of science, research ‘has not yet
will engage online, and ‘for women scholars in particular,
focused strongly on public engagement through social
sharing one’s work online comes with the risk of online
media’ (Hargittai et al., 2018, p. 1). This is despite many
abuse or harassment’ (Hodson et al., 2018, n.p.).
academics being active on Twitter and other social
As the logic of social media platforms demands
media, as they engage with other academics, and the
sharing and connection (van Dijck & Poell, 2013), this
general public by sharing research and participating in
broadens not only the potential for awareness of issues
discussions. Amplifier platforms also work like a broker
and the relevant research, but also the potential of risk
in this space, connecting academics with journalists and
to scholars themselves as their voices are amplified in
everyday readers alike via the content on the platform
these disintermediated spaces. A benefit of amplifier
itself and the outlets and social media channels on
platforms like The Conversation is its active comment
which it is republished.
moderation. Scholars can choose to engage with readers
It is also not just academics who are sharing research
in the comments section, however all comments (by
on social media, many social media accounts like IFL
readers and authors) are independently moderated in the
Science and ScienceDump share research through their
interests of progressing the discussion constructively.
social media channels. Although sites like these contain more news and advertisements than scientific discoveries
Amplifier platforms and career progression
(Hitlin & Olmstead, 2018) they are still a site of public engagement with research via comments, likes and
Navigating the impact of engagement can be tricky for
shares. Hargittai et al. (2018, p. 7) found ‘Sharing science
scholars. ‘The academic of today has many options for
and research content on social media also rivals sharing
communicating the findings of their research: whether
content about health and fitness as well as entertainment
to discuss ideas and results in a blog post, upload a
and celebrity news.’ Platforms like Facebook and Twitter
working paper before submitting it to a journal, or to
offer scholars the chance to directly share research with
use social media to share their findings on the big story
a non-scholarly audience. Communicating like this (a
of the day’ (Arrebola & Mollet, 2017). Lupton, Mewburn
Facebook post, or a tweet) means anyone can comment
and Thomson (2017, p .2) state there is ‘some degree of
on the scholarly content shared, and scholars themselves
controversy among academics about which media should
can engage in a conversation with others via social media.
be employed and in what ways.’ Amplifier platforms like
While this is surely an example of an engaged scholar,
The Conversation address this challenge for scholars
David Morin (2018, p. 2) cautions: ‘Scholars have found
by providing a platform for their research that can be
that although scientists are observed to be credible and
easily shared across social media and republished in
may use that integrity to increase scientific understanding,
traditional media. Bridging these different parts of the
outside actors can create a sense of skepticism and doubt
public sphere is important as different stakeholder groups
surrounding settled issues by politicising neutral scientific
are more active across different media. For example, in
findings into manufactured controversies’.
the comments section of online British and Dutch
The nature of social media commenting can mean
newspapers user comments are ‘found to be mostly
that scholars find themselves having to correct
climate change sceptical’ (Lörcher & Taddicken, 2017,
misinformation and to engage with hostile members
p. 3). On the other hand, ‘Twitter communication is less
46
Engagement and impact through ‘amplifier platforms’ Kim Osman & Stuart Cunningham
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
climate sceptical than mass media coverage in the UK
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Discussion and Conclusion
and the US, contains more emphasis on the broad expert consensus, and highlights the need for action’ (Lörcher &
The growing need for scholars to engage outside
Taddicken, 2017, pp. 3-4).
the academy puts questions of popular prejudice
If universities are serious about engagement and
about academic relevance, institutional support for,
impact they should be enabling academics to write for
and guidance on, such activity, and alignment with
amplifier platforms. Biswas and Kirchherr (2015) found
professional personae and career goals on the agenda.
‘impacts of most peer-reviewed publications even within
Biswas and Kirchherr (2015) note that for some scholars
the scientific community are miniscule’ and ‘it is widely
contributing to public debate runs into advocacy, and that
acknowledged practitioners rarely read articles published
scholarship containing policy advice has decreased since
in peer-reviewed journals.’ The inability of decision-
the 1930s and 1940s. Similarly, Hoffman (2013) notes that
makers, professionals and the public to access expensive,
scholars are not trained to do this kind of communicative
pay-walled publications can mean key people are not able
work. The lack of scholars in public arenas has led to
access the latest research and the information they need.
The New York Times writer Nicholas Kristof to observe,
This has given rise to the open access movement and the
‘The most stinging dismissal of a point is to say: “That’s
creation of open platforms like arxiv.org and PLOS One,
academic.” In other words, to be a scholar is, often, to be
along with institutional open access repositories. Melissa
irrelevant’ (Kristof, 2014). Amplifier platforms, then, offer
Terras found a positive correlation between uploading
scholars a chance to be present in public debates and to
Open Access versions of her work to her institutional
share research and expertise with others. And indeed,
repository and the subsequent blogging and tweeting
this kind of activity, even in controversial areas of debate
she did about her work (Terras, 2012). Similarly, The
like climate change, can help scholars to impact public
Conversation uses a Creative Commons licence and
opinion. Kotcher et al. (2017, p. 423) note, ‘Our results
encourages the republication of its content on other
suggest that scientists who wish to engage in certain
popular media and news sites that facilitate engagement
forms of advocacy may be able to do so without directly
and impact with many members of the public. Biswas and
harming their credibility, or the credibility of the scientific
Kirchherr (2015) note that ‘If academics want to have
community.’
impact on policy makers and practitioners, they must
In a time when misinformation can be spread relatively
consider popular media, which has never been easy for
easily, and experts and amateurs are contributing in the
scholars.’
same social spaces, scholarly contributions can improve
Booluck (2017) found LSE blogs have impact with
the quality of public debate and provide evidence-based
scholars’ research being accessed by policy makers and
information to those who need it. Marshall and Atherton
scholars being invited to input into national strategy
(2015) observe how popular platforms that replicate
and policy. The advantage of amplifier platforms like The
social media are presenting new opportunities for
Conversation and LSE blogs is that ‘unlike the majority
scholars to engage. Our issue mapping case study, outlined
of academic research and a number of established news
above, supports Marshall and Atherton: ‘the public
outlets – the shorter, distilled format holds obvious appeal
intellectual must be able to communicate their views
to many people’ (Booluck, 2017). Research on individual
on a range of public issues, not just issues that connect
amplifier platforms has found that they are effective at
with their narrow specialisation’ (2015, p. 71). Digital
getting research to key decision-makers and a variety of
and social media have grown exponentially to become
audiences, where the information can be used in anything
highly influential spheres of the public communication:
from popular entertaining content to strategic policy
increasingly crowded, contested, and corrupted, and
advice (Booluck, 2017; Zardo et al., 2018). Scholar Pam
increasingly in need of scholarly engagement.
Oliver wrote about the potential of open models like The Conversation and PLOS One and advocates: …moving from our current model to the open model. I think the academic field as a whole wins when the work is made public and accessible as soon as possible: the author wins from getting their work noticed, and knowledge wins from everybody knowing about it. This is also the best model for influencing public debate outside the academy (Oliver, 2018). vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Acknowledgement We
acknowledge
the
support
LP160100205
Amplifying
Contributions’
Impact
on
provided
by ARC
Value:
Scholarly
Public Public
Debate.
Chief
Investigators are Professors Axel Bruns, Jean Burgess, Stuart Cunningham, Patrik Wikström and Nic Suzor.
Engagement and impact through ‘amplifier platforms’ Kim Osman & Stuart Cunningham
47
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
Kim Osman is a Research Associate at the Digital Media Research Centre at Queensland University of Technology, Australia. Stuart Cunningham AM is Distinguished Professor of Media and Communications at Queensland University of Technology Contact: s.cunningham@qut.edu.au
References Arrebola, C. (2017). How do LSE blogs impact the academic sphere? Blogs as citable items in scholarly publications. Retrieved from http://blogs.lse.ac.uk/ impactofsocialsciences/2017/06/13/how-do-lse-blogs-impact-the-academicsphere-blogs-as-citable-items-in-scholarly-publications/ Arrebola, C., & Mollett, A. (2017). Introducing the Impact of LSE Blogs project! Retrieved April 4, 2019, from http://blogs.lse.ac.uk/ impactofsocialsciences/2017/05/31/introducing-the-impact-of-lse-blogs-project/ Australian Research Council. (2019). Engagement and Impact Assessment 2018-19 National Report. Retrieved from https://dataportal.arc.gov.au/EI/ NationalReport/2018/pages/section1/engagement-and-impact-ratings/ Biswas, A., & Kirchherr, J. (2015). Citations are not enough: Academic promotion panels must take into account a scholar’s presence in popular media. Retrieved April 4, 2019, from https://blogs.lse.ac.uk/impactofsocialsciences/2015/04/09/ academic-promotion-scholars-popular-media/ Booluck, K. (2017). How can blogging help research make an impact beyond academia? Illustrative examples from the LSE blogs. Retrieved from http://blogs. lse.ac.uk/impactofsocialsciences/2017/09/27/how-can-blogging-help-researchmake-an-impact-beyond-academia/ Burgess, J. & Matamoros-Fernández, A. (2016). Mapping sociocultural controversies across digital media platforms: one week of #gamergate on Twitter, YouTube, and Tumblr. Communication Research and Practice, 2(1), 79–96. https://doi.org/10.1080/22041451.2016.1155338 Hargittai, E., Füchslin, T., & Schäfer, M. S. (2018). How Do Young Adults Engage with Science and Research on Social Media? Some Preliminary Findings and an Agenda for Future Research. Social Media and Society, 4(3). https://doi. org/10.1177/2056305118797720 Hitlin, P., & Olmstead, K. (2018). The science people see on social media. Washington, DC: Pew Research Center. Retrieved from https://www.pewresearch. org/science/2018/03/21/the-science-people-see-on-social-media/ Hodson, J., Gosse, C., Veletsianos, G., & Houlden, S. (2018). I get by with a little help from my friends: The ecological model and support for women scholars experiencing online harassment. First Monday, 23(8). doi: https://doi. org/10.5210/fm.v23i8.9136
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
and perceptions in online climate change communication in different online public arenas. Journal of Science Communication, 16(2), 1–21. Lupton, D., Mewburn, I., & Thomson, P. (Eds.). (2017). The digital academic: Critical perspectives on digital technologies in higher education. Retrieved from https://ebookcentral.proquest.com Marshall, P. D. & Atherton, C. (2015). Situating public intellectuals. Media International Australia, 156:69-78 Ministers for the Department of Education and Training. (2019). Uni research delivering real benefits for Australians [Press release]. Retrieved from https:// ministers.education.gov.au/tehan/uni-research-delivering-real-benefitsaustralians Morin, D. (2018). To debate or not debate? Examining the effects of scientists engaging in debates addressing contentious issues. Journal of Science Communication, 17(04), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.22323/2.17040202 Oliver, P. (2018). On sharing work in progress and anonymity. Retrieved April 4, 2019, from https://socopen.org/2018/09/20/on-sharing-work-in-progress-andanonymity/ Penfield, T., Baker, M. J., Scoble, R., & Wykes, M. C. (2014). Assessment, evaluations, and definitions of research impact: A review. Research Evaluation, 23(1), 21–32. https://doi.org/10.1093/reseval/rvt021 Priem, J., Taraborelli, D., Groth, P. & Neylon, C. (2010). Altmetrics: a manifesto. Retrieved from http://altmetrics.org/manifesto/ Puschmann, C., & Mahrt, M. (2012). Scholarly Blogging: A New Form of Publishing or Science Journalism 2.0? Scholarly Blogs: Issues of Definition. Proceedings of the International Conference on Science and the Internet (Cosci 2012), (January 2012), 171–181. Retrieved from http://files.ynada.com/ papers/cosci12.pdf Slate. (2019). FutureTense. Retrieved from https://slate.com/technology/futuretense The Conversation. (2018a). Who We Are. Retrieved from https://theconversation. com/au/who-we-are The Conversation. (2018b). The Conversation Stakeholder Report 2018. Retrieved from https://cdn.theconversation.com/static_files/files/395/ TCSR_2018singlepagesupdated.pdf Terras, M. (2012). The impact of social media on the dissemination of research: results of an experiment. Journal of Digital Humanities, 1(3). Retrieved from: http://journalofdigitalhumanities.org/1-3/the-impact-of-social-media-on-thedissemination-of-research-by-melissa-terras/ van Dijck, J., & Poell, T. (2013). Understanding Social Media Logic. Media and Communication, 1(1). doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.17645/mac.v1i1.70 Zardo P., Barnett A.G., Suzor N., & Cahill T. (2018). Does engagement predict research use? An analysis of The Conversation Annual Survey 2016. PLoS ONE 13(2): e0192290. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0192290
Hoffman, A. J. (2013). Academic Engagement in Public and Political Discourse: Establishing the Rules of the Game. Michigan Journal of Sustainability, 1(20181221), 5–13. https://doi.org/10.3998/mjs.12333712.0001.003
Appendix 1: Blogs & amplifier platforms
Hoffman, A. J. (2016). Reflections: Academia’s Emerging Crisis of Relevance and the Consequent Role of the Engaged Scholar. Journal of Change Management, 16(2), 77–96. https://doi.org/10.1080/14697017.2015.1128168
https://blogs.lse.ac.uk https://blogs.plos.org
https://apo.org.au https://blogs.ams.org/blogonmathblogs https://blogs.scientificamerican.com https://hypotheses.org
Kotcher, J. E., Myers, T. A., Vraga, E. K., Stenhouse, N., & Maibach, E. W. (2017). Does Engagement in Advocacy Hurt the Credibility of Scientists? Results from a Randomized National Survey Experiment. Environmental Communication, 11(3), 415–429. https://doi.org/10.1080/17524032.2016.1275736
https://www.iflscience.com https://johnquiggin.com
Kristof, N. (2014, February 15). Professors, We Need You! The New York Times. Retrieved from https://www.nytimes.com/2014/02/16/opinion/sunday/kristofprofessors-we-need-you.html
https://www.scimex.org https://slate.com/technology/future-tense
Lörcher, I., & Taddicken, M. (2017). Discussing climate change online. Topics
https://zoharesque.blogspot.com
48
https://massivesci.com https://medium.com https://www.sciencedump.com https://scilogs.spektrum.de https://theconversation.com/au https://undark.org
Engagement and impact through ‘amplifier platforms’ Kim Osman & Stuart Cunningham
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
More work for less reward Academic perceptions of service teaching Delma Clifton & Steve McKillup CQUniversity
Service teaching, through which core courses or modules are provided by a department other than the one administering the degree, occurs in universities worldwide, but there have been many reports of student dissatisfaction with their service-taught courses. The experiences of service teachers have received little attention and may help to suggest strategies for improvement, so we surveyed service and discipline teachers from the science departments/faculties at Australian universities for their perceptions of the difficulty, the effect on the likelihood of promotion, and qualifications needed, for each type of teaching. Both service and discipline teachers perceived service teaching to be significantly more difficult, yet significantly less valuable for promotion, than discipline teaching. More research is needed to investigate whether these perceptions reflect the realities of service teaching because, if they do, they will have implications for university policies and workload models. Keywords: service teaching, discipline teaching, academic attitudes, academic promotion, perceived value, curriculum integration
Introduction
expansion of profession-specific programs and declining enrolments in traditional generic disciplines such as
Service teaching, defined as the situation when
arts and science (McInnis, 2000). In many departments,
core courses or modules are provided by a different
service teaching is an increasingly important source of
department to the one administering the degree (Brown
funding that helps maintain academic positions: for some
& Atkins, 1988), is common in universities worldwide.
it provides over half of the income based on student load
For example, life scientists teach anatomy, physiology
(Pollard et al., 2006).
and pathophysiology to health science students (Clifton
For the majority of Australian and international
& McKillup, 2016); statisticians teach students in
nursing programs, the science components have been
biology, agriculture, environmental science, psychology
service-taught (Logan & Angel, 2014), but there has
and business (Fawcett, 2017; Pollock & Wilson, 1976);
been considerable debate about the effectiveness of
economists teach economic theory to business and
service teaching of science (i.e. chemistry, microbiology,
management students (Barrett, 2005); and historians teach
human anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology) to
students in education and journalism (Crotty & Eklund,
health science students in relation to graduate outcomes
2006).
(Prowse & Heath, 2005; Prowse & Lyne, 2002), student
The advantages of service teaching include reducing
satisfaction and perceptions of the value of service-
the duplication of expertise, facilities, and courses; and
taught courses (e.g. Friedel & Treagust, 2005; Gresty &
exposing students to broader knowledge delivered
Cotton, 2003; Jordan, Davies & Green, 1999; Ralph et al.,
by teachers who have appropriate depth and current
2017). A good understanding of anatomy, physiology and
understanding of the topic (Brown, White & Power, 2017;
pathophysiology underpins and is essential to professional
Gordon, Petocz & Reid, 2007; Pollock & Wilson, 1976).
practice, but the majority of studies have found that
Service teaching is becoming more common due to the
health science students are dissatisfied with their science
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
More work for less reward Delma Clifton & Steve McKillup
49
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
service courses (Craft et al., 2013), often describing them
the extent of course development required or the level of
as content heavy, frightening, and neither enjoyable nor
prior knowledge of their students, nor be aware of the
valuable (Birks et al., 2011; Dawson, 1994; McKee, 2002;
techniques needed to design, teach and maintain a relevant
Walker, 1994).This has led to calls to rethink how science
and effective service course. Even if they do, they may not
is taught to health science students (e.g. Larcombe &
have sufficient time or motivation for such development.
Dick, 2003; McVicar, Andrew & Kemble, 2015).
Previous studies have concentrated upon surveys
However, there are some reports of health science
of the recipients (i.e. students and recent graduates) to
students appreciating the importance and relevance of
investigate their perceptions of service-taught courses.
bioscience courses to their careers (e.g. Friedel & Treagust,
Feedback from the teachers who deliver service courses
2005; Gresty & Cotton, 2003; Jordan et al., 1999; Nicoll &
may also suggest strategies for improvement and we
Butler, 1996). Reporting on student satisfaction, Clifton
found it surprising that their perceptions and experiences
and McKillup (2016) found their nursing students rated
had received very little attention, with no comparative
the three service-taught science courses in the top four of
studies of the perceptions of service and discipline
the 14 that comprised the first and second years of their
teachers.Therefore, as an initial step, we surveyed service
degree and, from these results, suggested four strategies
and discipline teachers employed in the science faculties
for successful service teaching. First, the teacher needed
of Australian universities for their perceptions of service
to have enough knowledge, commitment and confidence
and discipline teaching, including the relative difficulty of
to develop and offer clear and conceptual explanations
each, the qualifications required and how well each type
instead of excessive and often irrelevant detail. Second,
of teaching is valued for promotion.
they needed to see things from the student’s perspective and start at an appropriate level, take advantage of prior student knowledge and experiences, and put concepts
Methods
into the context of the service class. Third, they needed
Participants
to provide well organised, quality teaching materials
A survey was circulated by email to 37 Deans of Science
that catered for a range of learning styles. Fourth, it was
in Australia with a request to forward it to their staff. We
important to communicate clear expectations, give
used a web-based survey as an efficient and inexpensive
detailed and prompt feedback, respect the diversity
way of reaching as many staff in as many different
within classes and encourage interaction with students.
institutions as possible. To ensure the introduction to the
These strategies, and other recommendations (e.g.
survey did not bias responses, potential participants were
Brown & Atkins, 1988), suggest service teaching is
only told that the purpose of the research was to examine
more difficult and time-consuming than teaching into a
the attitudes of science academics towards service and
program within one’s discipline (henceforth referred to
discipline teaching. All responses were voluntary and
as ‘discipline teaching’). First, service teaching requires a
confidential.The survey had low-risk ethics approval from
high level of ongoing consultation between the teacher
our university (number H13/06-107).
and the recipient department. Second, the service teacher must design their teaching materials, explanations and
Data
presentation to cater for students who do not have a
The 18 survey questions and their set response ranges
strong background, and often little interest, in the subject
are shown in Table 1. Since the survey was designed
being taught (Pollock & Wilson, 1976). Third, they need
to provide comparative data for service and discipline
to be able to integrate what they are teaching into the
teachers which may be confounded by differences in
context of the external program (e.g. A physiologist
teaching experience, gender and academic level between
teaching about respiratory physiology may have to
these two groups, respondents were asked to give the
be aware of the procedures used to assess and treat
number of years they had worked as an academic, their
respiratory dysfunction in hospitals). Fourth, they may
current academic level, highest academic qualification
experience, and have to work to overcome, considerable
and whether they held a teaching qualification (questions
initial hostility from students who have an aversion to, or
1 – 9). These were followed by questions 10 – 15 that
even fear, the service topic (Pollock & Wilson, 1976).
were designed to compare the perceptions of service
If service teaching is more difficult, it may help explain
and discipline teachers of both types of teaching in
why service-taught courses are often rated poorly by
relation to the qualifications needed, difficulty of the
students because many service teachers may not appreciate
work and how it may affect a person’s likelihood of being
50
More work for less reward Delma Clifton & Steve McKillup
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Table 1. Questions asked in an anonymous survey of science academics in Australian universities and the set range of responses for each. Question
Response range
(1) Are you female or male?
1 = female, 2 = male
(2) At which university do you work? ##
1 – 13 where 1 = ACU, 2 = CQU, 3 = CDU, 4 = ECU, 5 = GU, 6 = SCU, 7 = UA, 8 = UNE, 9 = UQ, 10 = USyd, 11= UTS, 12 = USC 13 = CSU
(3) How many years have you been an academic?
1 – 4 where 1 = 0-5, 2= 6-10, 3=11-15, 4 = >15
(4) What is your academic level?
1 – 5 where 1 = A (Associate Lecturer), 2 = B (Lecturer), 3 = C (Senior Lecturer), 4 = D (Associate Professor), 5 = E (Professor).
(5) What is the highest level of education you have completed?
1 – 5 where 1 = PhD, 2 = Masters by research, 3 = Masters by coursework, 4 = Honours, 5 = Bachelor
(6) What teaching qualifications have you completed?
1 – 5 where 1 = Cert IV, 2 = GC or GD, 3 = Bachelor, 4= Higher degree, 5 = None
(7) Do you have any teaching qualification?
1 = yes, 2 = no
(8) Does your school/department offer service teaching of science (e.g. chemistry, anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology, pharmacology for programs such as a Bachelor of Nursing)?
1 = yes, 2 = no
(9) Do you teach science courses for other programs (e.g. A Bachelor of Nursing?)
1 = yes, 2 = no
(10) How difficult is it to teach science to science students?
1 – 5 where 1 = Very easy, 2 = Easy, 3 = Average, 4 = Difficult, 5 = Very difficult
(11) What level of qualification is necessary to teach science to science students?
1 – 5 where 1 = PhD, 2 = Masters by research, 3 = Masters by coursework, 4 = Honours, 5 = Bachelor
(12) How well regarded is teaching science to science students for academic promotion at your institution?
1 – 5 where 1 = Very low, 2 = Low, 3 = Neutral, 4 = High, 5 = Very high
(13) How difficult is it to teach science to non-science students such as nursing students?
1 – 5 where 1= Very easy, 2 = Easy, 3 = Average, 4 = Difficult, 5 = Very difficult
(14) What level of qualification is necessary to teach science to non-science students such as nursing students?
1 – 5 where 1 = PhD, 2 = Masters by research, 3 = Masters by coursework, 4 = Honours, 5 = Bachelor
(15) How well regarded is teaching science to non-science students such as nursing students for academic promotion at your institution?
1= Very low, 2 = Low, 3 = Neutral, 4 = High, 5 = Very high
(16) In my school/department service teaching is used to ‘top up’ science staff workloads.
1 – 5 where 1 = Strongly disagree, 2 = Disagree, 3 = Neutral, 4 = Agree, 5 = Strongly agree
(17) In my school/department active researchers are not required to do service teaching.
1 – 5 where 1 = Strongly disagree, 2 = Disagree, 3 = Neutral, 4 = Agree, 5 = Strongly agree
(18) I would be likely to apply for a job in which a major component of the workload was service teaching.
1 – 5 where 1 = Strongly disagree, 2 = Disagree, 3 = Neutral, 4 = Agree, 5 = Strongly agree
## ACU = Australian Catholic University; CQU = Central Queensland University; CDU = Charles Darwin University; ECU = Edith Cowan University; GU = Griffith University; SCU = Southern Cross University; UA = University of Adelaide; UNE = University of New England; UQ = University of Queensland; USyd = University of Sydney; UTS = University of Technology, Sydney; USC = University of the Sunshine Coast; CSU = Charles Sturt University.
promoted. Then each respondent was asked to give their
Data analysis
perceptions of the administration of service teaching in their department/school and whether they would be
Data were analysed with SPSS version 25 (IBM Corp.,
likely to apply for a service teaching position. Finally,
Armonk, New York 2017). All ordinal scale data showed
respondents were invited to submit a free text comment
no significant heteroscedasticity or lack of normality, so
in answer to the question ‘Would you like to make any
were analysed with parametric tests: either single factor
other comment about service teaching in universities?’.
ANOVAs, two factor repeated-measures ANOVAs or single
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
More work for less reward Delma Clifton & Steve McKillup
51
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
sample t tests. For all analyses p < 0.05 was considered
Perceptions of service and discipline teaching
significant.
Respondents gave their perceptions of the difficulty of teaching science to science students and science to non-
Results The profiles of service and discipline teachers
science students; how each teaching type was regarded for promotion; and the academic qualification required to teach each. These three sets of dependent data were
We received responses from 136 academics, of which
analysed as two factor repeated measures ANOVAs with
40 per cent were female and 60 per cent male, at
the between-subjects factor whether the person was
13 universities. Most respondents (106) belonged to
a service or discipline teacher, and the two types of
departments or schools that conducted service teaching
teaching (i.e. science to science students and science
and approximately half (62) were service teachers.
to non-science students) the within-subjects (repeated
The universities were a mix of older and more-recently
measure) factor.
established, city and regional, and included researchfocussed and teaching-intensive institutions.
Teaching science to non-science students was perceived as significantly more difficult than science to science students (F1,111 = 52.041, p < 0.001). There was no significant difference between the perceptions of service and discipline teachers (F1,111 = 1.712, NS) and no interaction between the two factors (F1,111 = 0.200, NS) (Figure 2). The mean difficulty scores given by service and discipline teachers, respectively, for service teaching were 3.48 and 3.38, while for discipline teaching they were lower: 2.95 (by service teachers) and 2.77 (by discipline teachers) (Figure 2). On the response scale of 1 – 5, where 3 was average, (Table 1), discipline teaching was rated as having slightly below average difficulty while service
Figure 1. The number of responses received against academic level for service teachers (black bars) and discipline teachers (grey bars).
teaching was rated between ‘average’ and ‘difficult’. The perceived difficulties of teaching a service course and a discipline course were also compared between respondents who held a teaching qualification and those
Ten respondents did not specify whether they were
who did not. There was no significant difference in the
service or discipline teachers and were excluded from
perceptions of teaching difficulty by these two groups
all analyses. Almost equal proportions of female (47.5
(two factor repeated measures ANOVA: F1,104 = 0.007,
per cent) and male staff (52.5 per cent) were service
NS) so the possession or lack of a teaching qualification
teachers and the gender ratio did not differ significantly
had no effect on the perceived difficulty of either
between service and discipline teachers (Fisher exact
service or discipline teaching. Here too, however, both
test, p = 0.068). There was no significant difference between the distributions of the academic levels of service and discipline teachers (Fisher exact test, p = 0.463) (Figure 1), the mean number of years spent teaching (single factor ANOVA: F1,127 = 1.036, NS) or the mean highest academic qualification (single factor ANOVA: F1,125 = 0.317, NS). Although a greater proportion of service teachers (53.6 per cent) had a teaching qualification compared to discipline teachers (35 per cent) this difference was not significant (Fisher exact test: p = 0.065). For those with a teaching qualification there was no difference in the proportions of each type of qualification between service and discipline teachers (Fisher exact test: p = 0.640).
52
More work for less reward Delma Clifton & Steve McKillup
Figure 2. The perceptions of service and discipline teachers of how difficult it is to teach science to science students (grey bars) and science to non-science students (black bars). vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
There was no significant difference in the qualification level considered necessary to teach science to science students compared to non-science students (F1,107 = 1.049, NS), no difference between the perceptions of service and discipline teachers (F1,107 = 0.004, NS) and no interaction between the two factors (F1,107 = 0.070, NS) (Figure 4).
Perceptions of the administration of service teaching Figure 3. The perceptions of service and discipline teachers of the value for academic promotion of teaching science to science students (grey bars) and science to non-science students (black bars).
For each of the last three questions (16 – 18) we used
groups perceived service teaching to be significantly
service teaching is used to ‘top up’ science staff workloads’
more difficult than discipline teaching (F1,104 = 45.98,
showed no significant difference between service and
p < 0.001) and this perception was consistent between
discipline teachers (F1,110 = 0.202, NS). A single sample
groups (interaction F1,104 = 0.028, NS).
t test comparing the combined mean response of 2.88 for
single factor ANOVA to examine the relationship between the response to the question (coded as 1 – 5 on the Likert scale:Table 1) by service and discipline teachers. The responses to question 16 ‘In my school/department
Teaching science to non-science students was perceived
both service and discipline teachers to an expected mean
as significantly less valuable for promotion than teaching
of 3.0 corresponding to ‘Neither agree nor disagree’ was
science to science students (F1,108 = 7.437, p < 0.01).
not significant (t111 = 1.07, NS).
Here too, there was no significant difference between the
For question 17 ‘In my school/department active
perceptions of service and discipline teachers (F1,108 =
researchers are not required to do service teaching’
1.486, NS) and no interaction between the two factors
there was no significant difference in the mean response
(F1,108 = 0.472, NS) (Figure 3). Service teaching was
between service and discipline teachers (F1,111 = 2.50,
given a mean value for academic promotion of 2.69 by
NS). A single sample t test comparing the mean (2.48) of
service teachers and 2.85 by discipline teachers, both
all respondents to an expected mean of 3.0 (i.e. neither
of which are between ‘low’ and ‘neutral’ for the scoring
agree nor disagree) showed that active researchers were
system used (Table 1). The perceived promotional value
also required to service teach in that there was significant
of discipline teaching was consistently higher with a
disagreement with the statement in question 17 (t112 =
mean of 2.83 (but still between low and neutral) by
5.31, p<0.001) (Figure 5).
service teachers and 3.08 (very slightly above neutral) by discipline teachers.
Figure 4. The perceptions of service and discipline teachers of the academic qualification required to teach science to science students (grey bars) and science to non-science students (black bars). vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Figure 5. The number of responses for each category on the Likert scale (1= Strongly disagree, 2= Disagree, 3=Neutral, 4= Agree, 5= Strongly agree) to the statement ‘In my school/department active researchers are not required to do service teaching’. The mean of the distribution is significantly less than a neutral response of 3. More work for less reward Delma Clifton & Steve McKillup
53
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Perception of the desirability of a service teaching position
neutral scores assigned to both service and discipline
The response to ‘I would be likely to apply for a job where
were that university teaching was given little recognition
a major component of the workload was service teaching’
compared to research. This is a common perception
showed no significant difference between teacher type
worldwide (e.g. French & O’Leary, 2017).
teaching) and seven of the 55 free response comments
(F1,113 = 2.50, NS) nor a significant difference between
All teaching shows some degree of instructor-specific
the mean response to the question by all respondents
student satisfaction, but this may be accentuated in
and an expected mean of 3.0 (neither agree nor disagree)
service classes where students have no interest in the
(single sample t test, t114 = 0.690, NS).
topic and see it as an unpleasant hurdle to overcome as part of their study. Only three of the 55 free responses to
Discussion
our survey reported that service teaching was enjoyable: we suspect they were from academics who had the time,
This appears to be the first report of the perceptions
skills and personalities to be able to engage with their
of service and discipline teachers about the relative
service students. For example, for the service teaching
difficulty, promotional value and qualifications needed for
of statistics, Pollock and Wilson (1976, p. 248) emphasise
these two types of teaching. Our samples of service and
that ‘far more than with specialist students the service
discipline teachers appeared comparable in that they did
course lecturer has to be showman and salesman as well
not differ significantly in the proportions at each academic
as teacher’. A basic and essential tenet of good teaching is
level, gender, whether they had a teaching qualification,
the contextualisation of course content to make it relevant
the level of teaching qualification, years spent teaching, or
to students, but even a service teacher who is extremely
highest academic qualification.
knowledgeable may be unfamiliar with the application of
Perceptions of service and discipline teaching
the material they are teaching in the program taken by their service students.
Both service and discipline teachers perceived science
Furthermore, it is not uncommon for universities to
service teaching to be significantly more difficult than
offer one service course to students from several different
science discipline teaching and both groups had extremely
programs (e.g. engineering, psychology, environmental
similar perceptions of the difficulty of each teaching type.
science and biomedical science students taking the same
Five of the 55 free text comments emphasised that service
service course in introductory statistics) but this is likely
teaching is difficult because students have not chosen to
to make it even more difficult and time-consuming for an
study the service topic and are less prepared than discipline
instructor to contextualise the material and engage with
students, as noted by Pollock and Wilson (1976).
such a diverse class. Service-taught classes are often much
Both types of teacher perceived science service
larger than those in science disciplines and therefore
teaching as being significantly less valuable for promotion
have the potential to greatly affect the reputation of a
than science discipline teaching. Here too, the perceived
department and university if they are taught badly: they
difference between the two teaching types was consistent
cannot be taken for granted and should be taught by
between groups. The reason why service teaching was
experienced, capable and committed staff.
considered less valued for promotion may be because
There was no significant difference between service
most service teaching is in first and second year of an
and discipline teachers of the perceived level of academic
undergraduate degree, whereas discipline teaching
qualification (i.e. from A to E) needed to teach science
occurs across all three years and is therefore seen as being
to science students and science to non-science students.
of ‘higher level’ and of greater value and importance: five
This is not surprising considering that most academic
of the 55 free-text comments were that service teaching
qualifications above bachelor level are based on research,
is regarded as less important than discipline teaching.
which may have little to do with the ability to teach. The
Discipline teaching can also provide an opportunity
free responses were consistent with this: seven noted that
for the teacher to showcase their research to students
having teachers who engage with their students and make
within their own discipline, thereby attracting future
material relevant was more important than specifying a
postgraduates who are likely to contribute to research
certain level of qualification needed to teach.
output, which may increase the teacher’s likelihood of
Taken together, the perceptions of greater teaching
promotion. It is notable that teaching, in general, was
difficulty and less value for promotion are of concern
perceived as having little value for promotion (with near-
because they suggest service teachers are disadvantaged
54
More work for less reward Delma Clifton & Steve McKillup
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
compared to discipline teachers, but further research is
service courses are likely to need more time per enrolled
needed to investigate whether these perceptions reflect
student and perhaps even the opportunity for industry
reality: do service teachers have a greater workload per
experience to help them integrate what they teach with
student and are they less likely to be promoted? If they
the program they are servicing and to use examples
do reflect reality then, for the same number of students, a
their students can identify with, as well as assistance in
service teacher may a have higher workload, experience
developing teaching materials and techniques to help
greater levels of stress and have less time for research.
them successfully engage with service classes. These
Furthermore, the perception that service teaching is
recommendations, from our survey of tertiary teachers,
significantly less valued for promotion may reduce the
are congruent with those from student and graduate
self-esteem of service teachers and affect their attitude
perceptions of service teaching which also emphasise
towards their students. We received responses from 13
the need for more collaboration between the service
Australian universities: further research is also needed to
teacher and staff in the recipient department to achieve
establish whether these perceptions of service teaching
better integration of service content (e.g. Larcombe &
are more widespread. We have only considered service
Dick, 2003; Ralph et al., 2017; Wynne, Brand & Smith,
and discipline teaching in science: it would also be useful
1997). More research is also needed on the staff
to investigate whether staff in other fields (e.g. economics,
perceptions and realities of service teaching in other
psychology, statistics) have similar perceptions of service
fields. If service teaching is found to be more difficult
teaching.
and time-consuming than discipline teaching, it will
Perceptions of the administration of service teaching
need to be recognised and accounted for in institutional workload planning and assessment of applications for promotion, to ensure service teachers are given
For the administration of service teaching there was no
adequate support and gain appropriate recognition for
evidence it was being used to ‘top up’ staff workloads and
their work.
there was significant disagreement with the statement that active researchers are not required to do service
Disclosure statement
teaching. As we noted earlier, there has been an expansion in profession-specific courses and a decline in enrolments
No potential conflict of interest was reported by the
in traditional courses such as arts and science, so service
authors.
teaching is increasingly important to maintain academic positions in science departments, resulting in increased
Acknowledgements
student to staff ratios and academics being expected to spend more time teaching. The widespread adoption of
We thank two anonymous reviewers whose comments
formula-based workload calculations, which often differ
improved the manuscript.
greatly among departments and institutions but are usually heavily dependent on the number of students
Delma Clifton is Academic Lead – Scholarship of Learning and
taught, also means that researchers are increasingly likely
Teaching and an Associate Professor in the School of Health,
to be asked to teach.
Medical and Applied Sciences at CQUniversity, Queensland,
Despite the poor perceptions of service teaching, the
Australia.
response to the statement to ‘I would be likely to apply for a job where a major component of the workload was
Steve McKillup is from the Audit and Advisory Directorate in
service teaching’ was neutral. It may reflect the current
the Vice-Chancellor & President Division, Rockhampton North
shortage of available academic positions in Australia so
Campus, CQUniversity.
that even a service teaching position is desirable.
Contact: s.mckillup@cqu.edu.au
Conclusion
References
More research is needed to establish whether the
Barrett, S. (2005). Addressing the problem of service teaching introductory economics subjects. International Education Journal 5(5), 152–165.
perceptions that science service teaching in Australian universities is more difficult, and less valued for promotion, reflect reality. If they do, then staff who teach vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Birks, M., Cant, R., Al-Motlaq, M., & Jones, J. (2011). I don’t want to become a scientist: undergraduate nursing students’ perceived value of course content. Australian Journal of Advanced Nursing 28, 20–27. More work for less reward Delma Clifton & Steve McKillup
55
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
Brown, G., & Atkins, M. (1988). Effective teaching in higher education. London, Routledge Publishers. Brown, S.J., White, S., & Power, N. (2017). Introductory anatomy and physiology in an undergraduate nursing curriculum. Advances in Physiology Education 41, 56–61. Clifton, I.D., & McKillup, S.C. (2016). Why such success?: Nursing students show consistently high satisfaction with bioscience courses at a regional university. Australian Journal of Advanced Nursing, 33, 21-28. Craft, J., Hudson, P., Plenderleith, M., Wirihana, L., & Gordon, C.J. (2013). Commencing nursing students’ perceptions and anxiety of bioscience. Nurse Education Today 33, 1399–1405. Crotty, M., & Eklund, E. (2006). History as service teaching: possibilities and pitfalls. History Australia 3, 47.1–47.10. Dawson, P. (1994). Contra biology: a polemic. Journal of Advanced Nursing 20, 1094-1103. Fawcett, L. (2017). The CASE Project: Evaluation of Case-Based Approaches to Learning and Teaching in Statistics Service Courses. Journal of Statistics Education, 25, 79–89.
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Logan, P.A. & Angel, L. (2014) Exploring Australian Undergraduate Preregistration Nursing Curricula: Where do Science Subjects Fit? Journal of Learning Design, 7 (2), 62-84. McInnis, C. (2000). Changing academic work roles: the everyday realities challenging quality in teaching. Quality in Higher Education, 6, 143–152. McKee, G. (2002). Why is biological science difficult for first year students? Nurse Education Today, 22, 251–257. McVicar, A., Andrew, S., & Kemble, R. (2015). The ‘bioscience’ problem for nursing students: An integrative review of published evaluations of year 1 bioscience, and proposed directions for curriculum development. Nurse Education Today, 35, 500–509. Nicoll, L., & Butler, M. (1996). The study of biology as a cause of anxiety in nursing students undertaking the common foundation program. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 24, 615-624. Pollard, J., Sharma, M., Mills, D., Swan, G., & Mendez, A. (2006). Physics Education for Australia. Australian Physics, 43, 20–26. Pollock, K.H., & Wilson, I.M. (1976). Statistics Service Teaching in Universities. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society Series D 25, 247-252.
French, A., & O’Leary, M. (2017). Teaching Excellence in Higher Education: Challenges, Changes and the Teaching Excellence Framework. Bingley, UK. Emerald Publishing Limited.
Prowse, M. A., & Heath, V. (2005). Working collaboratively in health care contexts: The influence of bioscientific knowledge on patient outcomes. Nurse Education Today, 25, 132–139.
Friedel, J.M., & Treagust, D.F. (2005). Learning bioscience in nursing education: perceptions of the intended and the prescribed curriculum. Learning in Health and Social Care 4, 203-216.
Prowse, M. A., & Lyne, P.A. (2002). Revealing the contribution of bioscience based nursing knowledge to clinically effective patient care. Clinical Effectiveness in Nursing, 4, 67–74.
Gordon, S., Petocz, P., & Reid, A. (2007). Teachers’ conceptions of teaching service statistics courses. International Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning 1, 1-14
Ralph, N., Birks, M., Cant, R., Chun Tie, Y., & Hillman, E. (2017). How should science be taught to nurses? Preferences of registered nurses and science teaching academics. Collegian 24, 585–591.
Gresty, K.A., & Cotton, D.R.E. (2003). Supporting bioscience in the nursing curriculum: development and evaluation of an online resource. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 44, 339–349.
Walker, K. (1994). Confronting ‘reality’: nursing, science and the micro-politics of representation. Nursing Inquiry 1, 46–56.
Jordan, S., Davies, S., & Green, B. (1999). The biosciences in the pre-registration nursing curriculum: staff and students’ perceptions of difficulties and relevance. Nurse Education Today, 19, 215–226.
Wynne, N., Brand, S., & Smith, R. (1997). Incomplete holism is pre-registration nurse education: the position of the biological sciences. Journal of Advanced Nursing 26, 470–474.
Larcombe, J., & Dick, J. (2003). Who is best qualified to teach bioscience to nurses? Nursing Standard, 17, 38–44.
56
More work for less reward Delma Clifton & Steve McKillup
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
OPINION
‘Continuous improvement’ in higher education Response to ‘Neoliberalism and new public management in an Australian university: The invisibility of our take-over’ by Margaret Sims (2019) Cat Mitchell Unitec Institute of Technology
Introduction
of the millennium, neoliberalism became firmly rooted in Aotearoa/New Zealand higher education and since this
It is difficult to overestimate the reach of neoliberalism
period its influence has been strengthened by various
across social, cultural and political life, including in higher
governments (Roper, 2018). This neoliberal positioning,
education. Margaret Sims (2019) makes this apparent in
particularly in response to national and international
her examination of the impacts of neoliberal rationalities
economic developments such as the global financial crisis,
on an Australian university based on her experience
has resulted in sustained periods of fiscal austerity leading
as a senior academic. Her account is a resonant one,
to significant reductions in social provision in Aotearoa/
with much in her text speaking directly to the higher
New Zealand (Roper, 2018).
education situation in Aotearoa/New Zealand. In this
The practices associated with this policy framework
response, I seek to pick up one of the threads in Sim’s
in the public sector, including within higher education,
article, specifically her comments about the demands
include a growing reliance on short-term labour, strategic
on academic staff for continuous improvement. This is a
plans, performance-linked remuneration (Boston, Martin,
discourse that is brought to bear in a complex matrix of
Pallot, & Walsh, 1996, p. 26) along with ‘a stress on cost-
measures to enable the audit, evaluation and close control
cutting … and cutback management’ (Roper, 2018, p.
of academic work in pursuance of the neoliberal focus on
24). These approaches contribute to increased scholarly
efficiency (Olssen & Peters, 2005).
workloads with writers such as Currie, Harris and Thiele (2000) arguing that the university can be understood as a
Higher education in Aotearoa/New Zealand
‘greedy institution’ and ‘one which makes total claims on its members’(p. 270). In line with Sims (2019), I suggest there needs to be focused attention on claims made
Worldwide, neoliberalism has become the dominant
on academics via neoliberalism and, in particular, the
paradigm for policy making and economic management
claims articulated through the discourse of ‘continuous
(Roper, 2018). From the mid-1980s through to the turn
improvement’.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
‘Continuous improvement’ in higher education Cat Mitchell
57
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
The discourse of ‘continuous improvement’
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
around them about their deployment of this construct in the words they speak and write. I also see the need
A variety of players within the higher education space
to engage with the broader ideological dimensions of
have become ‘enamoured with applying the language of
neoliberalism. I identify particular promise in drawing
continuous improvement to learning outcomes’(Arnold &
on social democratic discourses to challenge neoliberal
Marchese, 2011, p. 16). And, on the face of it, this discourse
orthodoxy.
may be seen as possessing some common-sense merit
At present the articulation of the role of higher
that involves a search for better ways of working in the
education in promoting democratic values may be
university context. However, it is a construct that operates
especially effective in the context of rising concerns
within a constellation of neoliberal concepts which in
about the threats to democracy in a post-truth world. Such
combination work to make ever more demanding claims
concerns are arguably re-focusing the public’s attention
on academics. For Sims (2019) ‘this discourse positions
on the importance of knowledge, questioning and
staff as though they never perform their jobs correctly,
critique, and therefore, these discourses may have new
always needing to improve something about their
found resonance in policy contexts. Invocation of such
performance’ (p. 26).
social democratic discourses may enhance the agency of
As performance measures themselves are malleable and moveable (Smyth, 2017), achieving such shifting
academics and may ultimately enable higher education to better serve individuals, communities and nations.
targets becomes challenging, if not at times, impossible. The deployment of neoliberal constructs such as
Cat Mitchell is Learning Development Lecturer at Unitec
‘continuous improvement’ has led to universities
Institute of Technology, Auckland, New Zealand.
becoming
Contact: cmitchell@unitec.ac.nz
‘increasingly
authoritarian,
non-critical
and corporate entities’ (Roper, 2018, p. 25) which fundamentally undermines the ability of a university academic to undertake the role of public intellectual or of ‘critic and conscience of society’ as is a legislated requirement in Aotearoa/New Zealand (The Education Act 1989, s162[4]). Moreover, a ‘do more for less’ aspect of the drive for continuous improvement means academics are ‘being asked to give more time to the university, work overtime and weekends while not being paid any more money for doing so … this takes a toll on families, friends and the general health of university workers’ (Currie et al., 2000, p. 270). In this way the discourse of ‘continuous improvement’ significantly shapes the lives of academics and is far from being benign or innocuous.
References Arnold, D. L., & Marchese, T. J. (2011). Perspectives: The continuous improvement trap. Change: The Magazine of Higher Learning, 43(2), 16–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/00091383.2011.550249 Boston, J., Martin, J., Pallot, J., & Walsh, P. (1996). Public management: The New Zealand model. Auckland, New Zealand: Oxford University Press. Currie, J., Harris, P., & Theile, B. (2000). Sacrifices in greedy universities: Are they gendered? Gender and Education, 12(3), 269–291. https://doi. org/10.1080/09540250050122203 Olssen, M., & Peters, M. A. (2005). Neoliberalism, higher education and the knowledge economy: From the free market to knowledge capitalism. Journal of Education Policy, 20(3), 313–345. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930500108718 Roper, B. (2018). Neoliberalism’s war on New Zealand’s universities. New Zealand Sociology, 33(2), 9–39. Retrieved from https://nzsociology.nz/index. php/nzs
Ways forward
Sims, M. (2019). Neoliberalism and new public management in an Australian university. Australian Universities’ Review, 61(1), 22–30. Retrieved from https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ1206807
The term ‘continuous improvement’ is one example of
Smyth, J. (2017). The toxic university: Zombie leadership, academic rock stars and neoliberal ideology. London, U.K: Palgrave Macmillan.
neoliberal managerial speak which has come to dominate much of the language of higher education institutions. In accordance with Sims (2019), I argue that academic
The Education Act. (1989). Retrieved from http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/ public/1989/0080/latest/DLM183668.html
workers need to recognise and identify the significance of this discourse and be active in challenging those
58
‘Continuous improvement’ in higher education Cat Mitchell
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Three cheers for the Ramsay Centre Martin Davies University of Melbourne
In 2018 Australia’s leading national university, the ANU,
Academic autonomy
decided to break off consultation with the Ramsay Centre for Western Civilisation over a generous bequest to fund
The issue of academic autonomy has been raised as a
a course on Western civilisation. It is not every day that a
reason, but this is, at best, ostensible. Former PM Tony
university decides to turn down a $3 billion bequest to fund
Abbott, and Simon Haines, the Director of the Ramsay
a humanities program (Groch, 2018). In these straitened
Centre, have both claimed that the terms of the contract
times this seems a very regrettable decision indeed.
made no demands on the ANU in terms of appointments,
As a side note: There is usually never enough funding
or autonomy (Haines, 2018; Urban, 2018a). I have no
for the humanities, and many outside the tertiary sector
privileged access to the terms of the contract, which
seriously question the value of what little funding there
I assume is commercial in confidence, but this can’t be
is. Instead, the humanities are criticised for their capacity
the real reason. If this was, it would have been merely a
to soak-up meagre funding that could be used to greater
matter of finessing the contract to the satisfaction of both
benefit in medicine, engineering and other practical areas.
parties, since neither of them appear to disagree with the
My own discipline, philosophy, comes in for particular
proposition that a university should be able to run its own
hostility in this regard (Tovey, 2018). Put simply, research
affairs. I suspect the ‘autonomy’ issue is a red herring.
on the philosophy of Hegel does not matter as much as
The real reason for the decision seems to hinge on the
important work on prostate cancer. There is some truth
notion of ‘Western civilisation’. The place and purpose of
in this. As a man of a certain age I am more worried about
this in a university like the ANU is what is really at issue.
my prostate that anything Hegel thought. But despite this,
The ANU claims to already offer courses in elements of
I find these attacks on the humanities to be unsubtle in
Western culture, more than 150 in fact, albeit they do
the extreme. They are ignorant of the many surprising
not come under the rubric ‘Western civilisation’ (Powell,
contributions the humanities have made and continue to
2018). Might this not be enough?
make. The debate between what is considered ‘wasteful’
Clearly, not in the view of the Ramsay Centre and its
and ‘not wasteful’ in terms of funding priorities is a debate
supporters. If it were, they would not be making another
that is stale, old and tired (Davies, 2013).
offer. There is doubt that many of these courses resemble
The ANU/Ramsay dispute is, in effect, a reversal of this
anything like the ‘great books’ courses offered in the US
bleak situation; it is a case of a university turning its back
(Balbones, 2018). It is also suggested that the current ANU
on humanities funding.
offerings are, in any case,‘framed through the perspectives
Accepting for the purposes of the argument that
of class, race, gender and associated theories’ and thereby
humanities should receive some funding, what is at the
infused with left-wing ideology (Urban 2018b). (The ANU
heart of the decision of a major university to turn down
may dispute it, but there is certainly evidence that left-
the magnanimous proposal offered by the Ramsay Centre?
wing agendas have more or less taken over the humanities
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Three cheers for the Ramsay Centre Martin Davies
59
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
in university departments (Windshuttle, 2018). Late as it
large (Balbones, 2018). This is regrettable. Fair or not, call
may be, there are moves against this hegemony: witness
this account of history ‘Western Civilisation 1’ (WC1).
the rise of the Heterodox Academy). A class-focussed, left of centre approach, is not quite, it
Western Civilisation 1
appears, what the Ramsay Centre had in mind. Contemporary historians seem to despise this view
Western Civilisation?
of history (Cairns, 2018). To them, this is a hard sell. It reeks of colonial imperialism for one thing, they say, and
Regrettably, a debate about the merits or otherwise of
is inaccurate. And colonialism – even discussion of it
Western civilisation appears to be in danger of being lost
– is certainly not flavour of the month (Lusher, 2017).
by the ANU/Ramsay fall-out. ‘Lost’ in two senses: 1) lost to
Anything that remotely smells of WC1 is toxic.This seems
further scrutiny, discussion and refinement; and 2) lost in
to be the nub of the dispute between the ANU and the
terms of a potential source of much-needed funding in an
Ramsay Centre.
environment of funding scarcity for the arts.
For sure, real history is not as simple as a single narrative
Ghandi may have been a tad mean-spirited when he
of White Men Rule: civilisations ebb and flow and take
responded to a question about Western civilisation with
many forms and directions. Not all of them are pretty. As
‘I think it would be a good idea’, but a place to start in
Peter Craven has noted ‘Western civilisation that brought
such discussions is surely not to snuff out debate (and
us Mozart and Mahler also brought us the Holocaust
funding) about courses in Western civilisation – however
and Hiroshima’ (Craven, 2018). Western civilisation has
one defines it – but to encourage both and see where they
also availed itself of many non-Western influences from
lead.That’s the real spirit of Western intellectual inquiry.
China, the Middle East, and elsewhere. In a sense ‘Western’
In any case, it seems to me that the Ramsay Centre did
civilisation is a civilisation that belongs to everyone.
not pitch its proposal at all well. I suggest that it’s not
One can admire Western civilisation for all that it offers
‘civilisation’ so much as Western ‘thinking’ that it wishes
without committing to ‘promote’ it, as it were, a priori.
to promulgate. And, as I shall argue, that’s a very different
Moreover, if something is a good thing it doesn’t need
thing.
promoting; it should sell itself. And finally, a suitably
By asking to fund a program in ‘Western civilisation’, the
Western approach to Western civilisation and their
Ramsay Centre seems to be presupposing a narrative of
Great Books would not abandon self-criticism. As Carr
history that contemporary historians find objectionable.
puts it: ‘It’s about interrogating the works, not exalting
Moreover, they seem to be explicitly fostering it.
them’. Elsewhere he asks: ‘Would half the objections to
This was clear in the off-hand comment by Mr
the Ramsay proposition vanish if we settled on the verb
Abbott in Quadrant that seemed to derail discussions
“interrogate”; that is, that we seek critical readings’? Yes, I
(Abbott, 2018). He claimed that the Ramsay Centre was
suspect they would. But, by the time this was said it was
not just encouraging a course on Western civilisation
too late and the ANU/Ramsay negotiations were over.
but promoting it. According to Mr Abbott: ‘The key to
I am sure Mr Abbott knows all this, but in the fog of claim
understanding the Ramsay Centre for Western Civilisation
and counter-claim his comments weren’t interpreted that
is that it’s not merely about Western civilisation but in
way.This seems to have gotten the ANU offside.
favour of it.’
There are, in truth, plenty of examples where history
This sticks in the craw of modern professional historians
might well have been cast very differently if its authors
who, in fairness – whether we agree with them or not
were part of the marginalised, the colonised, and the
– would have a broader understanding of contemporary
oppressed. Western civilisation is not a necessary good in
historical trends and theories than Mr Abbott. The reason
other words, though it may well be a contingent good.
for their disaffection is that the former PM’s view seems to
Western civilisation is not so much a coherent single
presume a narrative of history that defends an uncritical
offering either but a smorgasbord or à la carte: it’s
view of Western-centrism.
conceivable to take what one likes and reject the rest.
There is something to this objection. As Bob Carr
Compare China, the ‘socialist system with Western
has noted, an emphasis on ‘Great Books’ of Western
characteristics’, which seems to have done quite well for
civilisation rightly or wrongly tends to be conflated by
itself (economically anyway) despite not having some of
the Left as an emphasis on a ‘Dead White Males’ view of
the staples of Western civilisation, notably human rights,
history (Carr, 2018). It is seen as European centrism writ
freedom of the press, and an independent judiciary.
60
Three cheers for the Ramsay Centre Martin Davies
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Western civilisation need not be adopted en bloc. There
law, representative democracy, freedom of speech, of
is no plausible reason to think that Western civilisation
conscience and religion, liberal pluralism, the prosperity
is necessarily and unarguably a basis on which construct
born of market capitalism, the capability born of scientific
a singular historical narrative, even if one is very partial
rigour, and the cultivation born of endless intellectual and
to it.
artistic curiosity’ (Abbott, 2018).
The WC1 way of framing the notion of ‘Western
To that list we can add, (Western) analytic philosophy,
civilisation’ just raises the hackles of those who object
a goodly proportion of it, emanating from – surprise,
to the ‘black armband’ view of history and plays into the
surprise – Australia. Cambridge Don, Hugh Mellor, is
quagmire of the ‘history wars’.
noted for commenting: ‘It’s just as well for the rest of the
Best avoided.
world that philosophy is not an Olympic sport. In the last few decades, Australasia has produced more good
Western Civilisation 2
philosophers per square head than almost anywhere else’ (Oppy & Trakakis, 2014, p. 9).
Some suggest, because of this, that the notion of ‘Western
That’s some legacy.
civilisation’ is past its use-by date (Coleborne, 2017). This
In other words, a rejection of WC1 as a historical
would be to take the argument too far. According to
narrative does not mean a historical free for all: that
some, history should ask ‘… why things are historically significant to certain people at certain times. They need to understand the past from their position in the world, as well as different perspectives
all
There is no plausible reason to think that Western civilisation is necessarily and unarguably a basis on which construct a singular historical narrative, even if one is very partial to it.
in relation to their own
systems
merit
equal
attention from one’s own ‘perspectives’ and ‘cultural identities’. This is as absurd as
insisting
on
teaching
astrology alongside physics (paraphrasing
Christopher
Hitchens: ‘I’ve finished my
cultural identities’ (Cairns,
Chemistry period, now I
2018). But this essentially relativist account of historical
am off to my Alchemy class’.) In a certain sense, Western
thinking assumes – in some timeless and uncritical fashion
civilisation and culture offers a clear and unambiguous
– that each culture and civilisation is as good as any other.
advance over despotic and backward-leaning regimes.
And, like the defenders of the Ramsay proposal, I think
Were it not so, it would not be so popular, nor widespread.
this is far from clear.
Credit where credit is due.
Certainly, there is much to admire and celebrate in what
‘Western Civilisation 2’ (WC2) by contrast to WC1,
is good about Western civilisation, and plenty of reasons
is a contingent thesis: Western civilisation is not in any
to prefer it to other perniciously misogynistic, autocratic
principled sense better nor worse than other civilisations
or culturally backward systems. I am thinking of North
(it could well have been otherwise in some other possible
Korea here, but also many Islamic cultures whose cultural
world) though it does appear to have palpable advantages
practices seem curiously immune from criticism from
over others, which other civilisations end-up coveting –
the Left (Bindel, 2018). As Churchill was reported to
as they very often do. Moreover, reports of the decline of
have to said in relation to one crucial feature of Western
democracy are greatly exaggerated (Tupy, 2018).
civilisation, democracy (although the attribution is
This neatly side steps the ‘Great White Men’ narrative
unclear): ‘[it is] is the worst form of government, except
that others find objectionable and goes some way to
other forms that have been tried from time to time’. In
defusing the history wars.
consideration of the various alternatives around, there seems little to disagree with here.
WC2 is the weaker thesis in that it just turns out that history took the course it did and that Western civilisation
There is little doubt that Western culture has offered
triumphed where it did, and failed where it didn’t,
great advances in innovation too, from the miraculous
and spread where it spread. A recent book charts its
(space travel and modern telecommunications) to
astonishing rise (Daly, 2013). It presupposes no hint of
the necessary (modern medicine and healthcare). As
Great White Men and their Great Books, just good men
Mr Abbott notes: ‘To the question: “What has Western
(and women) and good books. An impartial analysis of
civilisation ever done for us?” [Ramsay] would have
WC2 would also point out the less than favourable aspects
ventured: not so much, perhaps, save for the rule of
of it too, e.g., great wealth inequality, its fragmentary
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Three cheers for the Ramsay Centre Martin Davies
61
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
history of oppressing the poor, and so on with plenty of
philosophically; the latter arguably invented logic as
room for discussion and debate over the details. Nothing
a discipline and provided a taxonomy of the natural
is perfect.
sciences that largely remains today).
Bring it on. A Ramsay-style course devoted to Western
Thence, of course, to the enlightenment thinkers of
civilisation can consistently be critical of WC1 as well as
Bacon, Descartes, Locke, Voltaire, Rousseau, Mill, Hume,
full of admiration of WC2. (It is, I suggest, important to get
Kant, and others in the ‘modern’ period who championed
the emphasis right, but one shouldn’t stop the generous
tolerance, ant-religiosity, rational thinking, the scientific
hand that might wish to feed the debate.)
method and, in some cases, reductionism. There might be
This idea of funding a course on WC2, and the books thereof does not seem to me to be objectionable on any
disputes in the margins, but this trajectory of thinking, has, it must be said, led to a greatly enlightened world.
grounds; indeed, it seems to be sorely needed – especially
Onwards, of course, to the rise of analytic philosophy
given the fact that many millennials seem ignorant of
and the brilliant work in formal logic by thinkers such
the culture that gives rise to and safely harbours them.
as Rudolf Carnap, Gottolb Frege, Bertrand Russell,
Perhaps it is time to educate them about themselves.
Ludwig Wittgenstein, and Alan Turing. The latter, recently
(Deneen, 2016)
honoured on the new UK £50 banknote (Yates, 2019), is
Moreover, it doesn’t seem historically objectionable
usually regarded as the ‘father’ of computer science (in
either: a narrative about WC2 would be one that tells a
that he invented the concept and effectively started a
dispassionate and unbiased story about what occurred
modern-day industry) but he also attended Wittgenstein’s
without all the ‘Great White Men’ overtones of WC1.
philosophy classes and published his famous paper on ‘Computing Machinery and Intelligence’ in the philosophy
Western reasoning
journal, Mind. Turing (1950), incidentally, could be said to belong in both camps in that his work was a philosophical
Simmering beneath all this is, I think, the real aim of the
advance as much as a technological and scientific one.
Ramsay Centres’ largesse. What the Ramsay Centre really
I mention other examples of philosophical advances
seeks to do is to fund a program in Western thinking.
that have changed our world in various surprising ways
And this does seem to me to be unambiguously worth
elsewhere (Davies, 2013).
defending.
This really does need further support,
widespread endorsement, and cultivation.
Along the way, many female thinkers have greatly contributed to the progress of Western thinking as
It also needs more funding.
well, including Mary Wollstonecraft, Ada Lovelace, Mary
Western thinking, as opposed to Western civilisation,
Midgley, Rosalind Franklin, Philippa Foot, and countless
is indeed something to celebrate. While of course the
others.
two often go together – albeit not necessarily so (things
To be sure, there is evidence of Western-style thinking
might have been otherwise) – a distinction needs to be
in many literary works too, in additional to treatises
made between ‘Western thinking’, which is culturally
in philosophy. Bob Carr mentions Dante, Homer,
independent (no-one, and no culture, has a monopoly
Shakespeare and the Greek tragedies as providing an
over thinking) and ‘Western civilisation’ that carries the
instructive basis for philosophical discussion and debate
baggage of hostilities over the ‘history wars’.
on a variety of topics, and to this we can add Jane Austen
While emanating from and originating largely from a
in illuminating and providing a perceptive account of
history of Western traditions, there is nothing intrinsically
human relationships, and many others besides. (My
‘Western’ about it. Indeed, plenty of non-Anglo thinkers
favourite poet is Australian, Kenneth Slessor. His poem
have contributed to it. The great Indian mathematician,
Five Bells is a philosophical meditation about time
Srinivasa Ramanujan, comes to mind, and there are plenty
perception, memory, life and death, and other very
of others; for example, the Arabs in Mesopotamia invented
human experiences.)
the useful concept of ‘zero’. While culturally neutral, Western thinking, as it has
Whither ‘Western’ thinking?
been called, (unsurprisingly) does have a history largely deriving from the West.
From the Pre-Socratics like
Could this thinking have emanated in places other than
Democritus – who invented the atomic theory of the
the Western hemisphere, for example in the Middle
universe – to the earliest musings of Socrates, Plato and
East or Asia? Could the enlightenment have started in
Aristotle (the former two devised a ‘method’ for thinking
China, Thailand or Japan? Could the Renaissance have
62
Three cheers for the Ramsay Centre Martin Davies
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
commenced in India? Could the scientific revolution or
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Postscript
IT revolution have emerged in Indonesia? Could these traditions of innovative Western thinking have arisen
Shortly after this piece was written the Ramsay bequest
elsewhere in the world than where they did?
had found a home at the University of Wollongong. It was
In principle, of course, they could have; in practice, it
announced that: ‘The Centre, funded through a bequest
appears they did not (leaving aside important examples
from the late healthcare magnate Paul Ramsay, will give
such as those mentioned earlier).
UOW more than $50 million over the next eight years
Why not? These are interesting empirical questions. One academic has written an entire book on this
so students can study great thinkers, philosophers and scientists of the Western tradition’ (Baker, 2018).
phenomenon (Kwang, 2001). Another, the psychologist Richard Nisbett (2004), has looked at subtle differences
Martin Davies is an Associate Professor/Principal Fellow
in intercultural thinking patterns and concluded that
in the Melbourne Graduate School for Education at the
there are indeed differences between the thinking of
University of Melbourne, Victoria, Australia. He works on
those in the ‘West’ and ‘East’, that have resulted in the
topics at the intersection of Philosophy and Education.
enormously disproportionate contributions of ‘Western’
Contact: wmdavies@unimelb.edu.au
thinkers to the history of intellectual thought. Some of the experimental data is summarised at paper-length here (Davies, 2006). Without a program of study that focusses on the unique legacy of Western thinking, and a program that offers a dedicated opportunity to teach and critique such things in an unbiased and coordinated way, we will remain forever in the dark. The Ramsay Centre bequest offers the promise of commencing just such a discussion – by means of a course in Western thinking; thinking that came to us – not only, nor exclusively, but predominantly – from what we call ‘Western civilisation’, an intellectual culture we all contribute to, and enjoy and benefit from daily (see Stephen Pinker’s book Enlightenment Now. Thanks to it, we live in a time where we have the lowest mortality rate, highest life expectancy, lowest amount of murders per community, greatest amount of social services offered, most educated, and the safest time in all world history.) We should perhaps learn to appreciate it more.
Coda It is possible, I think, to chart a course through the Scylla and Charybdis of the ANU/Ramsay dispute. It is possible to buy into the idea that there is a narrative of Western civilisation worth celebrating, and there is certainly good reason to celebrate Western reasoning. Indeed, there probably is no other game in town. Scylla and Charybdis are, of course, a literary allusion and perhaps, as Chesterton observed, it’s probably also a fallacy of the false alternative (in logic) too – at least in respect of this discussion. These are concepts that are probably well worth teaching – as they would be in a dedicated course on the traditions of Western thinking. vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
References Abbott, T. (2018, May 24). Paul Ramsay’s vision for Australia. Quadrant. Retrieved from https://quadrant.org.au/magazine/2018/04/paul-ramsays-visionaustralia/ Baker, J. (2018, December 17). University of Wollongong first to run Ramsay’s Western degree. Sydney Morning Herald. Retrieved from https://www.smh.com. au/education/university-of-wollongong-first-to-run-ramsay-s-Western-degree20181215-p50miq.html Balbones, S. (2018, July 11). Western civ versus Western civilisation-ish. Quadrant. Retrieved from: http://quadrant.org.au/opinion/qed/2018/07/ Western-civ-vs-Western-civilisation-ish/ Bindel, J. (2018, 3 April). Why are so many left-wing progressives silent about Islam’s totalitarian tendencies? Unheard.com. Retrieved from https:// unherd.com/2018/04/many-left-wing-progressives-protest-pope-silent-islamstotalitarian-tendencies-victims-cowardice-overwhelmingly-women/ Cairns, R. (2018, June 6). Western civilisation has moved on and so should those who champion it. The Conversation. Retrieved from https://theconversation. com/Western-civilisation-history-teaching-has-moved-on-and-so-should-thosewho-champion-it-97697 Carr, B. (2018, June 30). The great books broaden minds, pave way for works of other civilisations. The Australian. Retrieved from: https://www.theaustralian. com.au/news/inquirer/the-great-books-broaden-minds-pave-way-for-works-ofother-civilisations/news-story/3bcfe3dc0d27aa6b9a33b630bdfd0128 Coleborne, C. (2017, Nov 21). The concept of ‘Western civilisation’ is past its use-by date in university humanities departments. The Conversation. Retrieved from https://theconversation.com/the-concept-of-Western-civilisation-is-past-itsuse-by-date-in-university-humanities-departments-87750 Craven, P. (2018, June 16). There’s an ugly side but it does not diminish Western civilisation. The Australian. Retrieved from https://www.theaustralian.com. au/news/inquirer/theres-an-ugly-side-but-it-does-not-diminish-Westerncivilisation/news-story/85f850203621f4caeb3f4952000410fc Daly, J. (2013). The rise of Western power. Bloomsbury, UK. Retrieved from https://www.bloomsbury.com/uk/the-rise-of-Western-power-9781441161314/ Davies, M. (2006). Cognitive contours: Recent work on cross-cultural psychology and implication for Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 26(1): 13-32. Retrieved from https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11217-0069012-4 Davies, M (2013, October 17). A farewell to Arts: On philosophy ARC funding and ‘waste’. The Conversation. Retrieved from https://theconversation.com/afarewell-to-arts-on-philosophy-arc-funding-and-waste-19064 Three cheers for the Ramsay Centre Martin Davies
63
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
Deneen, P. (2016). How a generation lost its common culture. Minding the Campus, retrieved from https://www.mindingthecampus.org/2016/02/02/how-ageneration-lost-its-common-culture/ Groch, S. (2018). Why the ANU walked away from the lucrative Ramsay Centre deal. Canberra Times. Retrieved from https://www.canberratimes.com.au/ national/act/why-the-anu-walked-away-from-the-lucrative-ramsay-centre-deal20180606-p4zjph.html Haines, S. (2018, June 28). No veto or no control: Ramsay response of ANU’s Evans, Schmidt. The Australian. Retrieved from https://www.theaustralian.com. au/opinion/no-veto-or-control-ramsay-response-to-anus-evans-schmidt/newsstory/37f6d7133b47f2edbb1cd9f0715fb219 Kwang, N. A. (2001). Why Asians are less creative than Westerners. PrenticeHall: UK. https://www.amazon.com/Asians-Less-Creative-than-Westerners/ dp/0130404756 Lusher, A. (2017, October, 12). Professor’s ‘bring back colonialism’ call sparks fury and academic freedom debate. The Independent. Retrieved from https://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/americas/colonialism-academicarticle-bruce-gilley-threats-violence-published-withdrawn-third-worldquarterly-a7996371.html Nisbett, R. (2004). The geography of thought. Free Press: USA. Retrieved from https://www.amazon.com.au/Geography-Thought-Asians-Westerners-Differently/ dp/0743255356 Oppy, G. & Trakakis, N. (2014). History of philosophy in Australia and New Zealand. Springer: Netherlands. Retrieved from https://www.springer.com/us/ book/9789400769571
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Tovey, J. (2018, September 5). Academic ridiculed by coalition, says Sydney vice-chancellor. Sydney Morning Herald. Retrieved from https://www.smh. com.au/education/academic-ridiculed-by-coalition-says-sydney-university-vicechancellor-20130905-2t86l.html#ixzz2gc5iMRyX Tupy, M. L. (2018, 5 July). The reports of the death of democracy are exaggeration. Human Progress. Retrieved from https://humanprogress.org/ article.php?p=1386 Turing, A. (1950). Computing machinery and intelligence. Mind LIX(236), 433-460. Urban, R. (2018a, June 28). Ramsay Centre denies bid to meddle in ANU Classes. The Australian. Retrieved from https://www.theaustralian.com.au/highereducation/ramsay-centre-denies-bid-to-meddle-in-anu-classes/news-story/0cac4 0caa86af23802c3bbee876e989d Urban, R. (2018b, June 29). Western civilisation offered at ANU but not as Ramsay knows it. The Australian. Retrieved from https://www.theaustralian. com.au/higher-education/Western-civilisation-offered-at-anu-but-not-asramsay-knows-it/news-story/2a019921620b695cf706da0c954f2610 Windshuttle, K. (2018, June 29). The secret world of academia. Quadrant. Retrieved from http://quadrant.org.au/magazine/2018/07/secret-worldacademia/ Yates, A. (2019, July 16). Code-cracker Turing to be on 50-pound note. The Australian. Retrieved from https://www.theaustralian.com.au/news/latest-news/ codecracker-turing-to-be-on-50pound-note/news-story/75e364efba162f2509340 d1ab372225a
Powell, S. (2018, June 20). ANU has Western civilisation more than covered, academics say. The Australian. Retrieved from https://www.theaustralian. com.au/higher-education/anu-has-Western-civilisation-more-than-coveredacademics-say/news-story/05d874cba44d8418593384605dc49169?login=1
64
Three cheers for the Ramsay Centre Martin Davies
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
The Ramsay Centre and ‘Western Civilisation’ An attempt at historical perspective A reaction to Martin Davies’ paper (this issue) Andrew G. Bonnell University of Queensland
Martin Davies’ paper seeks to vindicate the efforts of the
2018). Davies’ argument relies not only on the proposition
Ramsay Centre to fund courses in ‘Western Civilisation’ at
that the ANU’s Vice-Chancellor and Chancellor were
selected Australian universities. He begins by lamenting
being disingenuous in their public statements on
the rejection of vast amounts of philanthropic money for
university autonomy and academic freedom, but also on
the humanities, and all too quickly dismisses the stated
the argument that Tony Abbott, former Prime Minister and
grounds for the Australian National University’s decision
Ramsay Board member, did not mean what he wrote in
to decline a deal with the Ramsay Centre: ‘The issue of
his now-notorious April 2018 Quadrant article, which
academic autonomy has been raised as a reason, but this
frankly argued that the Centre’s program should take a
is, at best, ostensible’, Davies writes. He then goes on to
specific, explicitly right-wing, ideological position (‘not
defend the concept of courses in Western civilisation
merely about Western civilisation but in favour of it’), and
more generally.
should remain under the control of the Ramsay Board to
Davies’ account of the ANU’s decision not to enter
ensure that its purposes were not subverted by academics
into an arrangement with the Ramsay Centre is flawed.
(Evans 2018; Evans & Schmidt, 2018; Abbott 2018).
(It should also be clarified that the ANU was not being
A reader visiting from another planet might conclude
offered $3 billion, as Davies’ text might suggest – this sum
from Davies’ paper that the ANU had been capricious and
refers to the total wealth of the Ramsay Foundation, not
perverse in refusing a munificent philanthropic donation
the amount the Ramsay program at ANU would have cost.)
for the humanities. This overlooks the fact that a number
Davies relies heavily on the coverage in the Murdoch
of quite serious people at the ANU had felt an obligation
press, which used the incident as an opportunity to
to explore the proposal and its potential benefits in good
hyperventilate for some weeks in a familiar ‘culture wars’
faith and had invested significant effort in the process
mode, but conspicuously failed to engage with the issues
over a number of months before the unacceptable
of university autonomy and academic freedom. Sadly,
nature of the Ramsay Board’s position became clear.
the term ‘academic freedom’ is altogether absent from
It also overlooks the fact that a number of Australian
Davies’ essay, although the ‘Ramsay Centre’s very explicit
universities have welcomed philanthropic donations in
unwillingness to commit to the principle of academic
the humanities, including in areas that could be classified
freedom’ was central to the decision by the ANU’s
as falling under the category of ‘Western civilisation’; for
leadership to withdraw from talks with Ramsay (Evans,
example, the Hansen chair and lectureships in History at
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
The Ramsay Centre and ‘Western Civilisation’ Andrew G. Bonnell
65
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
the University of Melbourne, and a named chair in classics
S Before
I
T the
I
E
S
’
R
1930s, intellectual
E
V
I
discourse
E
W
about
in my own School at the University of Queensland. These
the relationship between European culture and the
endowments have not been controversial, but they have
United States tended to emphasise difference, rather
not come with the kinds of strings that trailed behind the
than commonalities, between the two. ‘European Anti-
Ramsay centre proposals.
Americanism’ was highly prevalent among cultural
There is a wider debate to be had about ‘philanthropy’:
conservatives and left-leaning critics of capitalism alike,
it should supplement, not replace, more sustainable public
while intellectuals in the United States felt an attachment
funding. Taxation of the wealthy should not be voluntary
to concepts of American exceptionalism. Only in the
(and suggestions that a private health entrepreneur like
1920s did American writers start to develop concepts of
the late Paul Ramsay was able to extract billions of dollars
a common ‘North Atlantic Civilisation’, with the United
from the pockets of the sick, infirm, and dying is a sad
States conceived of as a putative leader of the ‘Western
commentary on Australia’s public health policies, which
world’ and American universities began to introduce
have diverted large sums to the private for-profit sector
courses on ‘Western Civ’ (Saldern, 2017).
in place of improved funding for public health provision).
Prior to the First World War, Europeans themselves did
And ‘philanthropy’ has sometimes been a cover for
not necessarily see themselves as belonging to a single
corporate propaganda in the United States. But as things
‘civilisation’. As is well documented, nineteenth-century
stand, Australian universities currently have a strong bias
German cultural conservatives tended to contrast the
in favour of receiving more philanthropic donations, rather
profundity and inwardness of German Kultur with
than fewer, and they run large-scale campaigns to attract
superficial and materialistic Western (especially French)
more private funding. So, it is implausible for Davies to
civilisation (Elias, 1978; Ringer, 1969). The idea of an
suggest that the ANU made the decision to reject Ramsay
antithesis between German Kultur and French/Western
funding lightly. It is also worth noting that the ANU Vice-
civilisation found heartfelt expression in the book
Chancellor Brian Schmidt (the only Nobel Prize winner
Considerations of an Unpolitical Man by the great German
ever to hold the position of VC of an Australian university)
novelist Thomas Mann (Mann, 1919). Mann later modified
revealed that he consulted the vice-chancellors of
his views (and abandoned his distaste for democratic
Cambridge and Oxford Universities and the Presidents
politics) under the impact of the rise of Nazism. Such
of Yale and Berkeley on the Ramsay proposal ‘and they
opposition to any notion of belonging to a unified Western
agreed it was manifestly not appropriate for ANU to have
civilisation was not confined to Germany: one of the most
done that [agree to the Ramsay proposal], based on our
influential intellectual currents in nineteenth-century
understanding of this course’ (Visontay, 2018).
Russia was Slavophile thought (which later informed
If one makes the assumption (so far, counterfactual)
political pan-Slavism), which posited a fundamental
that the Ramsay Centre and its Board are able to meet the
antithesis between Orthodox Russian culture and Western
threshold tests of commitments to university autonomy
European modernity (Walicki, 1979; 1989 [1975]). In the
and academic freedom, there are still many practical
research and teaching of history in European universities,
questions to be resolved (for example, the duration of
national histories tended to predominate during the
funding for programs and the prospect of funding being
nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, rather than pan-
withdrawn after eight years). A university and its academic
European perspectives on the past.
board would also have to consider the academic merits of a program defined as ‘Western Civilisation’.
In the late 1920s, along with the appearance of books with titles like The Giant of the Western World: America
In the rest of this paper, I will briefly address a number
and Europe in a North Atlantic Civilisation (by F. Miller
of relevant points: firstly, the concept ‘Western Civilisation’
and H. Hill, 1930, cited in Saldern 2017), universities in
has its own, comparatively recent, history, and needs to be
the United States started to teach ‘Western Civilisation’
viewed in its own historical context; secondly, the term
courses, in which European history was integrated
‘civilisation’ has relatively little utility as a unit of scholarly
into ‘a grand, common European-American narrative’
analysis; thirdly, proponents of an academic program on
(Saldern, 2017, p. 22). It has been suggested that ‘Western
(or for) ‘Western Civilisation’ are operating with a reified
Civilisation’ was invented at Columbia University in 1919
and artificially unified concept that breaks up under
(Allardyce, 1982). The heyday of the ‘Western Civ’ course
closer examination; fourthly, that some of the advocacy for
in United States universities was from the 1920s to the
a ‘Western Civilisation’ program betrays an animus against
1960s, a product of the rise of liberal internationalism
the modern, secular, public university.
in the United States in this period and a desire to assert
66
The Ramsay Centre and ‘Western Civilisation’ Andrew G. Bonnell
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
American democratic values in the face of the rise of
human history, culminating in Western civilisation (even
‘totalitarianism’ in much of Europe, as well as educational
if Toynbee seems to have had an ambivalent view of the
reforms such as the emphasis on a common generalist core
latter and a pessimistic view of its trajectory). Toynbee’s
as a counterbalance to more specialist research training
work was subjected to trenchant criticism in his own
(from different perspectives, see Allardyce, 1982; Segal,
time, notably by the distinguished Dutch historian Pieter
2000). The Dean of Columbia summed up the objectives
Geyl, who accused Toynbee of being more a prophet
of the ‘Contemporary Civ’ course, as it was initially known,
than a historian (Geyl, 1970 [1955]; 1967 [1961]). For
as promoting liberal opinion, acculturating the young and
all his erudition, Toynbee’s volumes are largely unread
producing a ‘citizen who shall be safe for democracy’
today by historians – his concept of the civilisation as
(Allardyce, 1982, p.707). The ‘Western Civ’ course was
a unit of analysis for history has not been a fertile one.
committed to what Herbert Butterfield was starting to
Hardly any historian has chosen to follow Toynbee to the
call a ‘Whig conception of history’: history moved in
heights of his meta-historical God’s-eye vantage point.
a discernible, progressive direction until it ends in our
Since the 1960s, historians have studied societies, rather
present state of things. ‘Western Civ’ history depicted
than ‘civilisations’, and Toynbee’s system has not spoken
history as the progressive unfolding of freedom in the
to the concerns of subsequent scholars.
West, culminating in the constitution of the United States.
The reception and ultimate non-reception of Toynbee
During the Cold War, this took on an added political inflection, conveyed in the common tag used to describe ‘Western Civ’ courses: ‘From Plato to NATO’. However, not long after the end of the Second World War, ‘Western Civ’ courses started to fray at the edges. Well
before
the
raise the question of the
...much innovative historical work in the last two decades has focussed on the transnational and global dimension of history, and on the interconnections and mutual influences between disparate cultures. Against the backdrop of the new global history, the idea of a delimited Western civilisation now seems parochial.
utility of the concept of ‘civilisation’ as a unit of historical study. Furthermore, if Toynbee was able to chastise
many
contemporary
of
his
historians
for what he considered a comparatively
parochial
focus on national histories,
student
much innovative historical
movement of the 1960s,
work in the last two decades
Harvard academics started to question the Eurocentric
has focussed on the transnational and global dimension
nature of the ‘Western Civ’ course in a decolonising
of history, and on the interconnections and mutual
world (Allardyce, 1982). The ‘Western Civ’ course not
influences between disparate cultures.
only seemed increasingly anachronistic by the 1960s, its
backdrop of the new global history, the idea of a delimited
place at the centre of a ‘general education’ undergraduate
Western civilisation now seems parochial.
Against the
curriculum was increasingly undermined by the rise of
As late as 1965, Hugh Trevor-Roper could begin a book
electives, specialisation, and an emphasis on equipping
(for a popular illustrated history series) on The Rise
students to research history themselves instead of
of Christian Europe by dismissing students’ emerging
learning a prescribed narrative (Allardyce, 1982).
interest in the history of Africa before European conquest
It was during the apogee of the ‘Western Civilisation’
with the words: ‘Then indeed we may neglect our own
course in the United States, that the British historian
history and amuse ourselves with the unrewarding
Arnold Toynbee undertook his ambitious, if not heroic,
gyrations of barbarous tribes in picturesque but irrelevant
attempt to write world history as the history of a
corners of the globe’ (Trevor-Roper, 1965, p. 9). At the same
succession of ‘civilisations’ in his A Study of History
time as Trevor-Roper was writing these words, Geoffrey
(1934-1964), which
twelve
Barraclough, himself an expert in medieval German
volumes, including an atlas and gazetteer volume and
history, published a series of lectures on the new field of
a final volume entitled Reconsiderations (a reply
contemporary history, in which he identified the revolt of
to his numerous critics). Toynbee constructed a
Asia and Africa against European hegemony as probably the
schematic pattern of the genesis, growth, breakdown
most significant theme of the twentieth century:
eventually
comprised
and disintegration of civilisations. Toynbee argued that civilisations were the most meaningful unit of historical study, and that there had been 21 of them in recorded vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
The resurgence of Asia and Africa has given a quality to contemporary history different from anything that has gone before; the collapse of empire is one The Ramsay Centre and ‘Western Civilisation’ Andrew G. Bonnell
67
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
of its themes, but the other, and more significant, is the advance of the peoples of Asia and Africa – and, more slowly, but no less surely, of Latin America – to a place of new dignity in the world (Barraclough, 1967 [1964], p. 198).
appreciation of the internal complexity of cultures and
Of these two opinions, it is Barraclough’s that has
neo-conservative politics and a Manichaean view of an
proven to be the more prescient, and more fruitful for
inevitable clash between the ‘West’ and the ‘Islamic world’.
subsequent historical research in the last half century. In
It is useful to know where this term has been before we
contrast, Trevor-Roper’s comments seem shocking today,
turn to its use in the Ramsay Centre debate.
their mutual interactions and influences over centuries. Since Huntington’s essay, the controversial revival of the term ‘Western Civilisation’ has been associated with
not just for their casual racism, but for their wilful embrace
A programmatic essay on ‘Western Civilisation’ by Greg
of ignorance about the world outside Europe. Despite
Melleuish of the University of Wollongong published
such conservatism in parts of the history profession, we
on the Ramsay Centre website begins with some very
have learned far more about the ‘gyrations’ of peoples
sensible observations, including that the term ‘Western
outside Europe in the last half-century, and few practising
civilisation does not really appear on the scene until the
historians would advocate returning to Trevor-Roper’s
twentieth century and is largely an American creation’.
more obscurantist views.
He also notes that the term ‘Western civilisation’‘does not
If historians today mostly find the term ‘civilisation’ too
have a single fixed meaning but can be used in a number
wide and diffuse to operationalise for analytical purposes
of different ways’ (Melleuish, 2018, p. 1). Melleuish
(and at the same time, potentially exclusionary of other
also allows that: ‘Civilisations are not hermits’ but
cultures and societies), advocates of a revival of ‘Western
encounter each other and are subject to the reciprocal
Civ’ programs are undeterred by such scholarly scruples.
influences of other ‘civilisations’ (Melleuish, 2018, pp.
As suggested above, there is a tendency by advocates of
2-3). However, by the end of the brief essay, Melleuish
projects like the Ramsay Centre to deploy a reified and
writes in a way that seems to attribute agency and even
totalising concept of ‘Western Civilisation’, despite the
a kind of personhood to the West, raising the question
vast contradictions such a sweeping construct has to
of whether the ‘West had an inbuilt inferiority complex’,
include within itself.
for example, while the West is also characterised as
The term ‘Western Civilisation’ started to make a
curious and open to new ideas (Melleuish, 2018, pp. 8-9).
comeback, not among historians, but among the US
Interestingly, Melleuish discusses ‘civilisation’ in terms of
political science establishment, as its leaders sought a
what he calls ‘cultural patterning’, bracketing out factors
role for themselves after the end of the Cold War. In 1993,
such as economics or political power. But it is highly
the prominent political scientist Samuel Huntington
questionable that one can understand the trajectories of
published an article in the high-profile journal Foreign
European and North American history without analysing
Affairs which proclaimed that ‘global politics’ would
the influence of these factors.
henceforth be dominated by a ‘clash of civilisations’,
Martin Davies also prefers to focus on what he calls
which was replacing the previous existential conflict
‘Western thinking’, rather than the material historical
between capitalist democracy and communism. For
dimensions of the rise of Western societies (which may,
Huntington, the world consisted of about eight (or seven,
on closer examination, turn out to be less edifying). He
or maybe nine) discrete civilisations, whose differing
also acknowledges that Western civilisation is ‘not as
cultural identities would necessarily lead to irreconcilable
simple as a single narrative of White Men Rule’ and that
conflicts. The main conflict would be between the ‘West’
it has interacted with other civilisations. But while Davies
and ‘Islam’ (Huntington, 1993). Huntington’s thesis gained
is willing to jettison a straw-man version of a ‘“Dead
intense publicity, and his John M. Olin Institute for Strategic
White Males” view of history’, he still wishes to defend a
Studies attracted enormous funding from the right-wing
concept of ‘Western civilisation’ as a more or less unified
Olin Foundation, boosting the influence of his views
phenomenon,which he insists on investing with essentially
and their popularity among American neo-conservatives
positive characteristics (preferable to alternatives, such as
(Mayer, 2016). Huntington’s views came under sustained
Islamic State or North Korea). He concludes:‘It is possible
criticism, however, from writers, including the late
to buy-into the idea that there is a narrative of Western
Edward Said (2001), who queried the perpetuation of
civilisation worth celebrating, and there is certainly good
a binary ‘West versus the rest’ view of the world in the
reason to celebrate western reasoning. Indeed, there is
post-Cold War global environment, the essentialising
probably no other game in town.’ But is it the purpose
depiction of cultural difference as opposed to an
of higher education to ‘celebrate’ its object of study, or to
68
The Ramsay Centre and ‘Western Civilisation’ Andrew G. Bonnell
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
understand it better, and is it in keeping with the legacy
the motto ‘écrasez l’infâme’ – ‘crush the infamous
of the Enlightenment, which Davies specifically praises, to
thing’, referring to the bigotry of the Church? That the
do so uncritically?
enthusiasm of the Ramsay Centre for the Enlightenment
In focussing on ‘Western thinking’, conservative
is somewhat tempered in practice is illustrated by their
intellectual supporters of the Ramsay Centre present
apparent reluctance to subscribe to precepts of academic
a positive view of a progressive narrative of Western
freedom, and the wish of the Ramsay Centre to monitor
civilisation (although there is also a culturally pessimistic
teaching in their sponsored programs to ensure that
ultra-conservative counter-narrative, as we shall see
teaching staff do not overstep the allowable bounds of
below). Conservative British historian (and outspoken
criticism in relation to the history of the West.
‘Brexiteer’) Robert Tombs defines Western civilisation
In a historical version of the ‘is-ought problem’
as ‘the sum total of our laws, our values, our arts, our
formulated by the eighteenth-century philosopher David
institutions, of the habits of mind and heart that enable
Hume, some advocates for the Ramsay Centre construe
us to live, fairly harmoniously, together …’ (Tombs,
the success of Western European countries and North
2018). While Tombs acknowledges the complexity of
America in achieving economic and
defining Western civilisation, he comes down on the
hegemony over much of the non-European world in the
side of those who argue for the existence of a ‘bedrock’
nineteenth and twentieth centuries as proof of the ethical
or ‘core’ of ‘ideas, practices and institutions’. There have been forces within the West that have rejected these core values – Tombs mentions ‘the Bolsheviks and the Nazis’ – but the influence of such
imperial/military
or normative superiority of
That the enthusiasm of the Ramsay Centre for the Enlightenment is somewhat tempered in practice is illustrated by their apparent reluctance to subscribe to precepts of academic freedom...
the West over the rest. (For examples of the insistence that the historical success of the West demonstrates its normative superiority over other civilisations, one could
movements on the course of
cite
history has been short-lived.
op-eds in the Murdoch press
Thus,Tombs is effectively suggesting that one can sort the
numerous, repetitive
by conservative education commentator Kevin Donnelly).
history of Europe and North America into a progressive
Historians and social scientists have devoted much
core (from ancient Greece to the middle ages, the rule of
intellectual labour to accounting for the economic
law, the scientific method, the Enlightenment, etc.) and
dynamism leading to industrialisation and then the
negative phenomena which are a priori defined as outside
imposition of Western imperial rule over most of Africa
and against Western civilisation. It is a return to the kind
and much of Asia. Explanations include analyses of
of Whig conception of history diagnosed by Herbert
ecological and geographical factors, the co-existence of
Butterfield in the 1930s.
political decentralisation and diverse state structures with
The boosters of the Ramsay Centre celebrate a reified
the ‘normative pacification’ enabled by the institutions
version of the history of ‘Western Civilisation’, with a
of Christendom, the rise of merchant capital and urban
narrative of stately progress from the classical Greeks to
self-government, the imposition of an unequal system
medieval Christendom,through to the Reformation and the
of exchange relations after the early modern European
Enlightenment. One wonders, however, how sincere the
incursions into the New World, and the successful
enthusiasm is for the Reformation and the Enlightenment
application of military technology. Revisionist writers
among some of the ultra-conservative Catholics among
like John M. Hobson (2004) and Andre Gunder Frank
the Ramsay cheer squad, such as Tony Abbott and Bella
(1998) have sought to challenge Eurocentric models of
d’Abrera, the in-house expert on ‘Western Civilisation’
explanation by drawing attention to the technological
for the corporate advocacy ‘think-tank’, the Institute for
and economic achievements of China and other parts of
Public Affairs. Can one simultaneously embrace, say, the
Asia, which were successfully appropriated by Europeans.
Spanish Inquisition (the subject of d’Abrera’s PhD) and
Jürgen Osterhammel’s magisterial global history of the
celebrate Voltaire, who excoriated the Inquisition in
nineteenth-century ‘transformation of the world’ stresses
his Candide, raged against the torture and execution of
the vitality and richness of Asian cultures and societies, and
the Huguenot Jean Calas in 1763 as a result of religious
the degree to which their development was comparable
prejudice, devoting three years to the campaign to have
to Europe before the ‘great divergence’ of the first half
the conviction quashed (Besterman, 1969), and adopted
of the nineteenth century, which saw the extension
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
The Ramsay Centre and ‘Western Civilisation’ Andrew G. Bonnell
69
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
of European dominance. This divergence was due to
formation of students’ values, and the more research-
a complex multiplicity of factors, including Europe’s
oriented, more ‘scientific’ mode of education of the
primacy in the exploitation of fossil fuel energy sources,
post-Wilhelm von Humboldt modern secular university,
the role of legal systems, and cultural and political barriers
which puts a priority on disciplinary training and
to technology diffusion in non-European societies, among
equipping students to discover new knowledge as well
others (Osterhammel, 2009). Equating the successful
as learning about existing bodies of knowledge. On the
imposition of European power over non-European parts
‘Indicative Curriculum’ displayed on the Ramsay website
of the world with ethical or normative superiority would
(Ramsay Centre n.d. [2018]) , there is a sample set of
underplay the role of violence in this process, and would
courses, nearly all of which are comprised of lists of
understate the significance of slavery, the destruction of
‘Great Books’ of the Western tradition (and one course,
indigenous societies, economic exploitation, the opium
out of 18, on comparative literature which includes a
trade (a mainstay of Britain’s imperial economy in Asia
few non-Western authors). Only one course lists what
in the early nineteenth century), and other fundamental
could be called works of ‘secondary literature’, which
characteristics of European expansion. The Ramsay
is a unit on the ‘History of Ideas’, and which mostly
curriculum allows little space to consider such factors,
consists of older canonical texts in the field (by authors
and too much discussion of them in classes (while
such as Arthur Lovejoy, Thomas Kuhn, and others).
consistent with the critical legacy of the Enlightenment)
Almost the only recent secondary work a student
might lead to sanctions and withdrawal of funding, in the
would encounter as a set reading is Brad Gregory’s The
light of Abbott’s insistence on a favourable portrayal of
Unintended Reformation (2012). Gregory’s book is a
Western civilisation.
highly polemical take on Western culture and thought
Martin Davies, a philosopher, cites the success of
since the Protestant Reformation, which he blames for
analytic philosophy as a proof of the superior qualities of
disrupting the harmony of the Western Christian world
Western civilisation. I was personally interested to see this,
and ultimately for a number of phenomena of which he
as one of my colleagues at the University of Queensland,
disapproves, including the modern secular university.
Joel Katzav, another philosopher, has been researching the
Gregory argues from what Mark Lilla has characterised
history of the rise of analytic philosophy, and attributes its
as a ‘theoconservative’ position (Lilla, 2012), which is
dominance in the academy not to its innate superiority
profoundly anti-modernist, and which ends up calling
over other kinds of philosophy, but to the notable success
for a reversal of the secularisation of the academy (see
of analytic philosophers in the mid-twentieth century
the review by Kathleen Crowther (2012) on this point).
in gaining control of key philosophy departments and
As Gregory’s book is the only text published this
journals, and monopolising them, thereby marginalising
century to be listed on the Ramsay Centre’s curriculum
other traditions of philosophy, both Western and non-
web-page, it is not too far-fetched to see it as a potentially
Western (especially Indian) (Katzav 2017; 2018). What
programmatic manifesto for the Ramsay project. If
one reader might consider to be a narrative of intellectual
Gregory’s theoconservative manifesto is the most recent
superiority, another may construe as a history of the
book listed there, the oldest texts are the works of Homer,
sectarian and monopolistic exercise of power, this time in
The Iliad and The Odyssey. It is to Homer that we owe
the academic sphere.
the story of the Trojan Horse, the notorious ‘Greek gift’,
Questions of norms and values loom large in the
which the defenders of Troy were tricked into hauling
statements of proponents of the Ramsay Centre, such
through their city gates. At the time of writing, the
as Tony Abbott and Kevin Donnelly, who stress the
theoconservative backers of the Ramsay Centre have
fundamental role of knowledge about the Christian
parked their Trojan Horses outside the gates of two of
origins of Western civilisation in the proposed academic
our secular public universities (the University of Sydney
program. One of the themes that emerges clearly from
and the University of Queensland), and are negotiating to
discussions with people associated with the Ramsay
be allowed inside. If Tony Abbott and Brad Gregory are
Centre (including at a recent symposium on ‘The Liberal
trustworthy guides, their mission is to try to ‘unsecularise’
Arts in the 21st Century’ in Brisbane on 17 September
the university and wind back half a millennium of free
2018 hosted by the University of Queensland’s Institute
thought. No wonder the Australian National University
for Advanced Studies in the Humanities) is a clear
couldn’t get the Ramsay Board to sign a pledge to commit
tension between a conception of a US-style ‘liberal
to academic freedom.
arts’ education, which puts a strong emphasis on the
70
The Ramsay Centre and ‘Western Civilisation’ Andrew G. Bonnell
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
Andrew Bonnell is an Associate Professor of History at the University of Queensland, Australia, and National VicePresident (Academic Staff) of the NTEU. His research interests include modern German and European history.
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Katzav, J. (2017). The Disappearance of Modern Indian Philosophy from Mind and the Philosophical Review, 25 January. Retrieved from http:// digressionsnimpressions.typepad. com/digressionsimpressions/2017/01/thedisappearance-of-modern-indianphilosophy-from-mind-and-the-philosophicalreview.html.
Contact: a.bonnell@uq.edu.au
Katzav, J. (2018). Analytic Philosophy, 1925-1969: Emergence, Management and Nature, British Journal for the History of Philosophy, 26(6), 1197-1221.
References
Lilla, M. (2012). Blame it on the Reformation, The New Republic, 14 September. Retrieved from https://newrepublic.com/article/107211/wittenberg-wal-mart
Abbott, T. (2018). Paul Ramsay’s Vision for Australia, Quadrant, April. Retrieved from https://quadrant.org.au/magazine/2018/04/paul-ramsays-vision-australia/ dated 24 May.
Mann, T. (1919). Betrachtungen eines Unpolitischen, Berlin: S. Fischer Verlag.
Allardyce, G. (1982). The Rise and Fall of the Western Civilization Course, American Historical Review, 87(3), 695-725. Barraclough, G. (1967 [1964]). An Introduction to Contemporary History, Harmondsworth: Penguin. Besterman, T. (1969). Voltaire, London and Harlow, Longmans. Crowther, K. (2012). Review of Gregory, The Unintended Reformation: How a Religious Revolution Secularized Society, H-HRE, H-Net reviews, September. Retrieved from https://networks.h-net.org/node/15337/reviews/15467/crowthergregory-unintended-reformation-how-religious-revolution Elias, N. (1978). The Civilizing Process. The History of Manners (trans. B. Jephcott), Oxford: Basil Blackwell. Evans, G. (2018). Maintaining Universities’ raison d’être: Meeting the challenge, Inaugural Chancellor’s Oration, 11th National Conference on University Governance: The Challenge of Change for Australian Universities, University Chancellor’s Council (UCC), Adelaide, 4 October. Retrieved from http://www. gevans.org/speeches/Speech668.html Evans, G. & Schmidt, B. (2018). VC’s Update – our viewpoints on Ramsay. 25 June. Retrieved from http://www.anu.edu.au/news/all-news/vcs-update-ourviewpoints-on-ramsay Frank, A. G. (1998). ReORIENT: Global Economy in the Asian Age, Berkeley and Los Angeles, CA: University of California Press. Geyl, P. (1967 [1961]). Encounters in History, London: Fontana/ Collins. Geyl, P. (1970 [1955]). Debates with Historians, London: Fontana/ Collins. Gregory, B. S. (2012). The Unintended Reformation: How a Religious Revolution Secularized Society, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Hobson, J.M. (2004). The Eastern Origins of Western Civilisation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Mayer, J. (2016). Dark Money, Brunswick, Victoria: Scribe. Melleuish, G. (2018). ‘Western Civilisation’, on website of The Ramsay Centre. Retrieved from https://www.ramsaycentre.org/professor-greg-melleuish-politicalscientist-and-historian-at-the-university-of-wollongong-explores-the-questionwhat-is-western-civilisation/western-civilisation-gm-002/ Osterhammel, J. (2009). Die Verwandlung der Welt. Eine Geschichte des 19. Jahrhunderts, Munich: C.H. Beck. Ramsay Centre (n.d. [2018]). Indicative Curriculum: BA (Western Civilisation). Retrieved from https://www.ramsaycentre.org/wp-content/ uploads/2018/11/Indicative-Curriculum-BA-Western-Civilisation-updated.pdf Ringer, F. (1969). The Decline of the German Mandarins. The German Academic Community, 1890-1933, Cambridge MA: Harvard UP. Said, Edward. (2001) ‘The Clash of Ignorance’, The Nation, 4 October. Saldern, A. von (2017). Benchmark Europe: Liberalism and Cultural Nationalism in the United States, 1900-1930, Bulletin of the German Historical Institute (Washington DC) 60, Spring, 5-24. Segal, D.A. (2000). ‘Western Civ’ and the Staging of History in American Higher Education, American Historical Review, 105(3), 770-805. Tombs, R. (2018). Liberals are undermining western civilisation, on website of The Ramsay Centre. Retrieved from https://www.ramsaycentre.org/liberalsundermining-western-civlisation/ Trevor-Roper, H. (1965). The Rise of Christian Europe, London: Thames and Hudson. Visontay, E. (2018). Oxbridge, Yale backed ANU’s Ramsay stance, The Australian (Higher Education supplement), 10 October. Walicki, A. (1979). A History of Russian Thought. From the Enlightenment to Marxism (trans. H. Andrews-Rusiecka), Stanford CA: Stanford UP. Walicki, A. (1989. [1975]) The Slavophile Controversy, Notre Dame IN: University of Notre Dame Press.
Huntington, Samuel (1993) ‘The Clash of Civilizations?’, Foreign Affairs, Summer.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
The Ramsay Centre and ‘Western Civilisation’ Andrew G. Bonnell
71
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
The End of Endeavour The short and tumultuous life of ‘Australia’s Fulbright’, the Endeavour program Joanne Barker RMIT University
Introduction
for different purposes, ranging from one-month executive fellowships for Australian working professionals (value
In April 2019, the Australian Government’s well-regarded
$A8000 per person), to four-year incoming PhD programs
Endeavour Leadership Program was quietly scuttled. Since
covering tuition fees, living allowances, flights and more
2003, the Endeavour program (previously known as the
(value $A272,000 per person).
Endeavour Scholarships and Fellowships program) had
The result was an excessively complex and bureaucratic
supported Australian postgraduate students, researchers
program which, as funds diminished incrementally in
and career professionals to study overseas. It also brought
successive Budgets over several years, tried to spread itself
talented international scholars and fellows to Australia
too thinly between the multiple components it contained.
from all over the world. On the data available for the
It became increasingly difficult for stakeholders working
past 12 years, about 2000 Australians and 4500 foreign
in universities to understand what Endeavour was about
nationals were the recipients of Endeavour awards.
and for whom it was intended.The program was delivered
The official rationale for the termination was that
by the Department of Education and Training, but
the money would be more effectively used to fund a
confusion was exacerbated by the official name ‘Australia
scholarship program for studies at regional Australian
Awards Endeavour Scholarships and Fellowships’, which
universities. The beneficiaries of the new program will
blurred the identities between Endeavour and the larger
be a few Australians and incoming international students
‘Australia Awards’ aid scholarship program offered by
who wish to study in regional Australia, outside the major
the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade (DFAT).
metropolises. The losers are a larger number of Australian
Unlike the major DFAT scholarships programs (Australia
researchers and professionals who wish to advance their
Awards and the New Colombo Plan), Endeavour lacked a
work overseas, and many international scholars who wish
political champion. Not since the days of Brendan Nelson,
to access the best research and professional development
Education Minister from 2001 to 2006, had Endeavour had
opportunities available in Australia.
strong representation at the highest levels in Canberra.
Endeavour
was
a
two-way
program,
which
differentiated it significantly from other Australian
Endeavour is launched
government international scholarships programs. But it suffered from a ‘cure-all elixir quality which allowed it
Where did it all begin 16 years ago? The Endeavour
as a policy prescription to be spread too thinly to try to
Scholarships and Fellowships program was launched in
achieve everything’ (Anderson & Barker, 2019). Within
the 2003-04 Budget by the Howard Government as part
the two primary categories – incoming and outgoing – it
of a package of support for international education. It was
encompassed a complicated framework of sub-categories
created at a time when international student enrolments
72
The End of Endeavour Joanne Barker
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
in Australia were growing at a rapid rate. International
targeted inbound postgraduate students and outbound
education is dependent on strong relationships and those
Australian teachers of languages other than English.
relationships are undermined when Australia is perceived
Subsequently, the program evolved haphazardly through
to selfishly take without reciprocally giving back. As
numerous iterations depending upon the government of
Education Minister in 2003, Brendan Nelson issued the
the day and its policy priorities. As Prime Minister in 2008,
‘Ministerial Statement on International Education’ which
Kevin Rudd introduced the Prime Minister’s Australia-
pointed out that internationalisation is a two-way process,
Asia Awards as an elite ‘Asian Rhodes’ program, and his
and that there are significant benefits for Australians from
successor Julia Gillard created the AsiaBound program, a
the experiences and relationships developed through
broad-based initiative to support short-term mobility to
international education (Nelson, 2003). At that time, less
Asia. The funding for both these programs was carved
than one per cent of Australian students travelled abroad
out of existing Endeavour funding without any new
for study experiences. Endeavour served to redistribute
money, hence the tinkering with and shifting priorities of
some of the enormous economic benefits Australia
Endeavour began.
receives from educating privately-funded international
Meanwhile, on the other side of the political divide, Julie
students. The scholarships also assisted Australian
Bishop as Shadow Education Minister was considering
universities with new market development opportunities
another scholarship initiative, bearing some resemblance
and further diversification of the regions from which
to the Labor government initiatives AsiaBound and the
international students came.
PM’s Australia-Asia Awards. Bishop’s signature program,
Michael Gallagher – notable education bureaucrat,
the New Colombo Plan, was launched in 2014 after the
university administrator, and later Group of Eight Executive
Coalition had won government and Bishop had become
Director – was one of the key architects of the Endeavour
Foreign Minister. The New Colombo Plan (NCP) offered
program. He identifies ‘immigration, cultural-strategic and
young Australians elite scholarships to Indo-Pacific
commercial’ as the three major themes underpinning the
countries and support for broad-based short-term mobility
Australian government’s engagement with international
for undergraduates within the region. This new program,
education since 1950 (Davis & Macintosh, 2011, p. 116).
unlike Endeavour with its broad remit, was targeted
In the case of Endeavour, Gallagher suggests that it was
specifically to a particular cohort – young Australian
created in recognition of the cultural-strategic dimension
undergraduates studying in the Indo-Pacific.
of international education. It was intended to attract highperforming students from many countries around the
Endeavour runs aground
world (not only those countries which were eligible for Australian aid) and provide opportunities for Australians
In the last three years of Endeavour’s life, the Government
to undertake studies overseas. Importantly, the Endeavour
sent confusing signals as to the purpose and importance
initiative also served as a response to the pleas from Vice-
of the program. In November 2017, the Foreign Policy
Chancellors for more government support for international
White Paper declared: ‘Endeavour Scholarships and
education in Australia, which was increasingly perceived
Fellows and Endeavour Mobility Grants …build Australia’s
around the world as ‘all take and no give’.
reputation for excellence in the provision of education
The program’s name, Endeavour, was taken from the
and research’ (Australian Government, 2017, p. 111). Yet
ship in which Captain James Cook sailed to Australia in
just a few months later the Government announced that
1770. It is not known whether this had a detrimental
Endeavour’s budget would be cut by $63 million over four
impact on the uptake by Indigenous Australians of the
years, with an immediate cut of $7.2 million (Australian
Endeavour fellowships, one component of which was
Government, 2018, p 36). To achieve the budget cut,
specifically designated for Indigenous applicants.
Endeavour’s mobility grants component would be merged with its scholarship component to create the newly-
Endeavour sets sail
named ‘Endeavour Leadership Program’. The purpose, it was stated, was ‘to better target the delivery of the
In its first iteration in 2003, Education Minister Nelson
previous Endeavour programs to ensure that overseas
created the new Endeavour program to ‘boost the profile
study education, training and research opportunities for
of Australia’s education sector in overseas markets’
Australia’s highest-performing students, researchers and
(Nelson, 2003) and to diversify away from traditional
professionals are sustainable into the future and aligned
recruitment markets and disciplines. Initially the program
with the Australian Government’s strategic priorities’
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
The End of Endeavour Joanne Barker
73
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
[emphasis added] (Birmingham, 2018).This led to lengthy
Many individual applicants asked for an explanation. A
bureaucratic processes to bind the two components
response from the Department posted on the Whirlpool
together, which emerged looking remarkably like the two
blog showed how competitive the round had been.
original separate components. The long-awaited opening
There had been 7049 applications for the 107 individual
of applications for the 2019 round was received with
awards, and this was the lowest number of awards ever
great anticipation among the hopeful beneficiaries.
made – in the previous year there had been almost 700
In due course, Minister Tehan announced the 2019
awards. In 2019, the 65 Australian and 42 international
winners of Endeavour scholarships for local and foreign
individuals who succeeded represent a success rate lower
students. The Minister’s press statement trumpeted its
than 1.5 per cent and presumably an enormous amount
support for ‘2095 Australians with [international] study
of time and effort in selection.The success rate compares
and research grants’ and ‘387 international leaders [to
unfavourably with the American Fulbright program which
undertake] education and research at Australian institutions’
reportedly had success rates of around 22–24 per cent
(Tehan, 2019). Enthusiastic tweeting from the Department
in the period 2013–2016 (ProFellow, 2018). Endeavour’s
of Education and Training followed. Behind the scenes,
success rate of 1.5 per cent means that in 2019 an
however, the axe was ready to fall, which unbeknown to all
Endeavour award was almost as difficult to win as a
was scheduled to happen just 25 days later.
Rhodes scholarship, which anecdotally has a success rate
The impact of the 2019 round on hopeful international
of about 0.7 per cent.
applicants was devastating. The numbers announced in
Even on the night Endeavour was axed, the Budget
the Minister’s press statement caused immense confusion.
paper in which the death warrant was signed contained
Australian applicants were dismayed by the apparent
direct contradictions, with the following two statements:
contradiction between the ‘2095 places for Australians’
‘Objective: International education is increasingly important to Australia’s prosperity and our engagement with the world. The program aims to support the sustainable growth of Australia’s high-quality international education, training and research through strong government-to-government engagement, international mobility, strategic policy and legislation.
and the list of just 65 individual Australian names. The comparatively low cost per student of the mobility programs had encouraged the Government to offer more mobility places than in previous years, at the cost of the prestigious individual awards. This, it turns out, was the explanation for the mismatch between the number of places announced by the Minister, and the very short list of individual awardees released on the same day. On the incoming (international) side, there were just two offers to incoming PhD scholars, two to masters, and two to VET programs – a total of six long-term incoming places to international applicants. By comparison, in 2018
Delivery: Ongoing support for individual and institutional grants for inbound and outbound students, researchers and professionals to undertake projects and study exchanges through the Endeavour Leadership Program, which will cease after 2019.’ [Emphasis added] (Australian Government Department of Education and Training, 2019, p. 52).
there had been 52 incoming PhDs, 84 incoming masters’
In summary, over a period of 16 years Endeavour’s
scholars and 30 incoming VET places – a reduction of
sails flapped helplessly against the prevailing political
96 per cent across these three categories. International
and bureaucratic winds. The program had a ‘history of
applicants understandably felt that they had been duped
offering a little bit of everything to everyone depending
into applying for scholarships which essentially did not
upon where one looked and at what moment of time’
exist. A contributor to the Whirlpool.net.au discussion
(Anderson & Barker, 2019). The result was an excessively
forum wrote:
complex and bureaucratic program without a champion,
‘I have spent about $1,900 for my IELTS test, for notary fee, and for my flight to get some documents from my home country. I’m totally fine if my application is not successful due to my lousy application, but seeing there are only two awardees I feel I should not put in such efforts for this scholarship.’ (Whirlpool, 2019)
highly susceptible to being picked off.
The New Colombo Plan leads the fleet Any discussion of the Endeavour program is not complete without reference to the New Colombo Plan (NCP),
At best, the results were nearly impossible to explain
established in 2014. Its rise over the past five years has
and at worst masked a major shift in policy.The Whirlpool
been inversely proportional to the decline of Endeavour.
blog exploded, and even experienced commentators such
Located within the Foreign Affairs portfolio as part of
@harejulie tweeted ‘This is bizarre’.
the Government’s soft power approach, it also carries
74
The End of Endeavour Joanne Barker
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
key educational objectives. The program is focused on
awards, which understandably led to comparisons with
the young (aged 18–28) and aims to develop a change in
NCP. Under the Endeavour mobility stream, places were
cultural attitudes by Australians towards Asia.
for coursework students (including undergraduates) and
In its first year, NCP was available for study experiences
were not available to research students or professionals,
only in Singapore, Hong Kong, Japan and Indonesia, but
so it became more difficult to discern Endeavour’s unique
it expanded quickly to include 40 counties in the Indo-
purpose, other than covering different regions. As I have
Pacific. It has steadfastly stuck with its original remit, as a
stated, Endeavour and NCP are funded through different
program for young Australian undergraduates, the majority
government departments, but as the Endeavour program
of whom undertake international study experiences of
moved towards something which looked remarkably like
just two to four weeks in duration.The highly competitive
NCP, and less like something which supported research
‘NCP scholarships’ elite component of the program offers
excellence, it became more difficult to identify its unique
longer-term opportunities and offshore internships and
value proposition.
is available to a small number of high-achieving students each year. In its engagement with the private sector, NCP
Heading for the scrapyard
differs significantly from Endeavour, as NCP has built its resources and longevity by leveraging private sector
The sub-categories in the Endeavour program given
contributions.
priority over the years have waxed and waned with
In the five years that both schemes have coexisted,
political priorities. Data in the form of recipients’ names on
NCP and Endeavour supported international education
the Department’s website enables us to see that in all but
values and priorities. However, Endeavour’s primary
two years (2013 and 2019), the majority of awards were
policy focus was education, with soft diplomacy benefits
made to international applicants, but in 2013 and 2019, the
seen as a potential additional dimension. NCP is the inverse, with diplomacy being the primary
objective. Unlike
NCP which is for young undergraduates, focused research In
on
Endeavour
postgraduate,
and
vocational.
addition,
Endeavour
majority of Endeavour places
...as the Endeavour program moved towards something which looked remarkably like NCP [New Colombo Plan], and less like something which supported research excellence, it became more difficult to identify its unique value proposition.
reached beyond currently
were awarded to Australians rather
than
international
applicants. What happened in these two exceptional years?
Could it have been
because an election was imminent,
and
because
international students do not vote in Australian elections?
enrolled students to provide
The political parallels are
international learning opportunities for professionals
stark. As the 2013 awards were being finalised in late 2012,
in employment. Endeavour offered both outbound
the then-Labor government was struggling in the opinion
support for Australians and inbound support for foreign
polls. Gillard was still PM in an unstable environment
students, while NCP only supports young Australians
after having fought off the first Rudd challenge. In early
going overseas. A separate program again (and one which
2019 we saw a strikingly similar scenario, this time with
dwarfs both Endeavour and NCP in terms of funding) is
the Coalition in power, and newly-minted PM Morrison
the Australia Awards scholarships, the part of Australia’s
shoring up the Government’s position amidst uncertainty
aid program which supports incoming postgraduate
and key front bench resignations. Behind the scenes, the
students from developing countries. Endeavour’s eligible
Endeavour program was being tinkered with, apparently
regions covered almost the whole world, unlike all other
for political ends.
Australian international scholarship programs in which regions are strictly circumscribed.
Many Endeavour alumni are still not aware that the program has been axed. On Twitter, @DJMay19 wrote:
The 2018 changes to Endeavour, which merged the
‘This is horrible. I hadn’t realised the Endeavour program
two separate elements of the old program into the new
had ended. My Endeavour Fellowship made a huge
‘Endeavour Leadership Program’ introduced a new level
difference to my PhD studies, my career development,
of ambiguity about Endeavour’s purpose. Following
and (not to get overly sentimental) my life. It would
the changes, the short-term mobility component was
have been impossible to have such a strong experience
prioritised, at the expense of the prestigious individual
without it.’ One wonders whether any consideration was
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
The End of Endeavour Joanne Barker
75
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
given to the impact on individual scholars and fellows
The current situation represents a shift by the
who constitute Endeavour’s distinct alumni network. In
government of core responsibilities for international
an interview with me, Gretchen Dobson, an Australian-
education from the education portfolio to the foreign
based global alumni relations consultant who has worked
affairs portfolio. Of Australia’s several international
closely with Australian government scholarship programs,
scholarship programs, only the new regional scholarship
commented:
program Destination Australia remains within the
‘The Endeavour alumni umbilical cord is cut. The last class of 2019 scholars will inherit an alumni community full of esteemed professionals around the world but, without a program, all alumni will navigate their own networking and determine for themselves the value proposition for staying involved with an organisation with a shelf life of 15 years. The notion of alumni being brand ambassadors is now moot.’
education portfolio. The switching out of Endeavour
Adding to the complexity and inscrutability of
Australia responded ‘we shouldn’t have to choose
Endeavour is the apparent lack of any transparent
between supporting students in the regions and tapping
evaluation of the program since its launch in 2003. As
into the latest global knowledge that strengthens our own
part of my research, a former bureaucrat told me that an
research… the two programs should exist side by side as
‘evaluation framework’ was established in the early years
part of Australia’s strategic education and research effort’
of the Endeavour program, but it is not clear whether
(Crace, 2019). Kent Anderson observed that the change in
formal evaluation was ever implemented beyond the
policy ‘shifts Australian government policy settings from
level of impact on individual recipients.
A lack of
one that rewards excellence and merit to a five-year plan
rigorous evaluation contributes to the vulnerability of any
type program that favours one set of marginal seats over
government program, since it will not have the evidence
another’ (Anderson, 2019). Yet few other voices from the
it requires to respond to criticism. Only through rigorous
universities sector have been heard, possibly due to the
evaluation can a match be made between program goals,
identity crisis which Endeavour has suffered for at least
recruitment processes, and scholarship target groups,
the past decade.
particularly in rapidly changing environments (Dassin et al., 2018, p. 94).
in order to fund Destination Australia is not rational or consistent with various Ministerial statements about advancing Australia’s international education interests (Birmingham, 2018;Tehan, 2019). When the axe fell on Endeavour in favour of Destination Australia, Catriona Jackson at Universities
The loss of Endeavour leaves Australia significantly exposed in the international education mobility space – an area in which we have made great achievements.
Uncharted waters ahead
Other countries continue to treat education mobility as a priority, with programs such as the Fulbright in the
By March 2019, Endeavour’s constantly shifting priorities
US, the Commonwealth Scholarships and Fellowships
had left it without a core narrative. Its lack of a champion
program in the UK, MEXT Scholarships in Japan and the
is particularly noticeable when contrasted against former
DAAD in Germany. The benefits of two-way international
Foreign Minister Julie Bishop’s high-profile advocacy
education should not be interpreted solely through the
for the New Colombo Plan. Against Bishop’s clear and
lens of diplomacy and soft power. Australian universities
consistent message for NCP, Endeavour was buffeted by
have recognised this by making significant contributions
numerous changes in the Department of Education and
to the costs of outgoing mobility, and collectively they
Training, turnover of ministers and the revolving door
contribute $27.3 million per annum in outbound mobility
through which senior public servants came and went.
support (Australian Universities International Directors
Back in 2003, when responsibility for international
Forum [AUIDF], 2018). The amount contributed by
education was still primarily seen as a broader education
universities towards outgoing mobility exceeds the total
issue, it was natural for Endeavour to reside in the
funding allocated by the government to the Endeavour
government’s education portfolio, rather than in its foreign
program in its last year of life. Leveraging this spend with
affairs, trade or aid portfolios. In 2019, with Endeavour
the government commitment – for example, as matching
now in its final year, the Department of Foreign Affairs
funding – could produce broader and deeper results
and Trade carries all Australia’s international education
both for institutional and governmental objectives. Will
programs, apart from the new scholarship program for
the newly re-elected Coalition Government in Australia
those wishing to study in regional locations (which is only
recognise this during its current term?
marginally about supporting international education).
76
The End of Endeavour Joanne Barker
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
Acknowledgements Thanks to Professor Kent Anderson for working with me on an earlier and longer opinion piece about the Endeavour Leadership Program for Deakin University’s Australian Policy and History site, and to Professor Chris Ziguras for valuable feedback and encouragement. Joanne Barker is an international scholarships consultant and a PhD candidate at RMIT University, Victoria, Australia. Her current research is supported by an Australian Government Research Training Program Scholarship. Between 2006 and 2016 she held the position of Director International at the University of Adelaide. Contact: joanne.barker@rmit.edu.au
References Anderson, K. (2019) Soft-power advantage is damaged by dumping Endeavour scheme. The Australian, 10 April 2019. Anderson, K. & Barker J. (2019). Vale Endeavour, Long Live the New Endeavour: The End of Australia’s World Leading Commitment to Internationalism and the Opportunity to Reassert Ourselves. Australian Policy and History, 28 May 2019. Retrieved from http://aph.org.au/vale-endeavour/. Australian Government (2017). 2017 Foreign Policy White Paper, Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade. Retrieved from https://www.fpwhitepaper.gov.au/
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Australian Government Department of Education and Training (2019). Education and Training Portfolio Budget Statements 2019–20. Retrieved from https://docs.education.gov.au/node/52701 Australian Universities International Directors Forum (AUIDF) (2018). Mobility Survey for 2017, capturing 37 of 40 Australian universities’ contributions. Available internally in participating Australian universities. Birmingham, S. (2018) Guaranteeing essential services – reform and investment for better education opportunities. Media release 8 May 2018. Retrieved from https://www.senatorbirmingham.com.au/guaranteeing-essentialservices-reform-and-investment-for-better-education-opportunities/ Crace, A. (2019) Australia to fund regional student repopulation by axing scholarship scheme. The Pie News, 3 April. Retrieved from https://thepienews. com/news/endeavour-program-cut-in-favour-of-destination-australia/ Dassin, J., Marsh, R., & Mawer, M. (2018). International scholarships in higher education: Pathways to social change. Palgrave Macmillan, Cham Davis, D. & Mackintosh, B. (Eds) (2011). Making a Difference, UNSW Press, Sydney. Nelson, B. (2003) Engaging the world through education: Ministerial Statement on the internationalisation of Australian education and training. Department of Education, Science and Training, Canberra ProFellow website (2018) 8 Essential Fulbright U.S. Student Grant Statistics for the 2018-19 Awards. Retrieved from https://www.profellow.com/tips/8essential-fulbright-u-s-student-grant-statistics-for-the-2018-19-awards/ Tehan, D. (2019) Investing in tomorrow’s leaders. Media release 8 March 2019. Retrieved from https://ministers.education.gov.au/tehan/investing-tomorrowsleaders Whirlpool.net.au blogsite. Retrieved on 6 July 2019 from https://forums. whirlpool.net.au/archive/2775262.
Australian Government (2018). Budget Overview 2018-19. Retrieved from https://www.budget.gov.au/2018-19/additional/budget_overview.pdf
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
The End of Endeavour Joanne Barker
77
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
REVIEWS
Knowledge: tomato is a fruit. Wisdom: you don’t put it in fruit salad Knowledge and Global Power – Making New Sciences in the South, by Fran Collyer, Raewyn Connell, João Maia & Robert Morrell ISBN: 97821925495768 (pb), Monash University Publishing, 217 pp., 2019. Reviewed by Neil Mudford This book stands out from the crowd in a number of ways.
of us to examine our own world and lives. What could be
For one thing, the book is about the world, working lives,
more natural than researchers applying the blowtorch of
working environment and day to day working experience
their research methods to their own world in the same
of its academic authors. Not the immediate particulars
way they would apply it to any other social phenomenon?
of Collyer, Connell, Maia and Morrell, of course, but the
Another unusual feature of the book is that it keeps on
broad sociological and political world that makes up the
turning up new perspectives throughout. It seems to me
current environment for academics and researchers more
that, often, the central points or claims are made in the first
generally. Let us say ‘researchers’ from here on because,
third to a half of a book and are chewed over from various
in my experience, research is done by a broader group of
angles thereafter. Here, though, the authors are going full
people than is covered by the term ‘academic’ though the
steam ahead all the way to the end. Both approaches are
latter do form the core of the broader group.
good; it’s just that it struck me how many ideas there are
The emphasis in the book is firmly on researchers
in this modest length volume. This has made reviewing
working outside the dominant and dominating research
the book more difficult than usual because I am spoilt for
and publishing industries of the global North.The authors
choice in what to discuss here.
canvas areas and issues that many of us have been
The authors focus on three areas in their study – climate
concerned with and critical of – overwork, managerialist
research, gender research and HIV/AIDS research – in
university administration, job and funding insecurities and
three countries of the global South – Brazil, Australia and
so on – but they do it in a systematic and forensic way
South Africa. The fact that, unusually, Australia appears in
that I found highly illuminating. They have laid bare the
the global South arises from the authors using their own
underlying structures with a satisfying clarity.
definition of a ‘Southern tier’, namely, ‘positioned within
You don’t often get to review a book that so closely
the Southern hemisphere, and remote from the global
concerns your own situation and with such an immediate
metropole. Each [country] has been shaped by European
and almost intimate feel to it. This close-up view is
sea-borne colonialism, and has a history of violent
conveyed partly by the way the authors present the
dispossession, institutionalised racism and economic
results of many live interviews they conducted with
dependence. None is a poor country. (p. 177)’. Agreed!
researchers across the world. The quotes they present
The authors do not define ‘global North’ but their
from these interviews are lightly edited with the result
arguments do not seem to require a tight definition for
that the messages come across retaining the sound and
this term. We are left to know who they are talking about.
feel of spoken, rather than written, language. Hesitations
I shall just say ‘North’ and ‘South’ here for brevity.
and on-the-spot rewordings are there, presumably as they
The book has two overarching themes. The first is the
occurred in the interviews. I like it. It produces a fresh
effects on researchers in the South and on world research
flavour in the writing and a sense of immediacy.
and knowledge dissemination arising primarily from the
With this topic being ‘so close to home’, I almost wonder
hegemony of the North’s wealthy and prestigious research
whether I should be declaring a conflict of interest? On
institutions and mighty publishing houses. The authors
further reflection, I think the declaration should be one
find that Southern researchers work under a multitude of
of commonality of interest.There is every reason for each
extra burdens, hurdles and frustrations compared to their
78
Knowledge: tomato is a fruit. Wisdom: you don’t put it in fruit salad Reviewed by Neil Mudford
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
counterparts in the North. The resulting barriers to the
anyway,‘not much’. Interviewees who have been through
influence of Southern researchers on world research are
those ‘not much’ experiences produce some heartfelt
then exacerbated by a host of other factors explored by
responses.The light editing of the interview quotes comes
the authors.
into its own here, particularly when the interviewees get
For those of us with careers in the South this is all
quite blunt about it all. Lately, Southern researchers have
too familiar and a somewhat depressing theme. The
been demanding more influence in collaborative projects
authors don’t offer many solutions to the extra problems
as well as getting on with longitudinal studies that can be
but who can blame them, and I certainly don’t, given
done with fewer resources.
the problems’ multitudinous interwoven complexities. Quality
solutions
can
only
be
formulated
Publishing is a vital element of research endeavour.This
after
is never easy but, as we will see, it is easier for some than
understanding the problems and the authors have made
for others. I will labour this one a bit to illustrate the level
a fine contribution to that end.
of attention the authors give to their topics.
The second overarching theme is more uplifting and,
We all know that most of the world’s ‘prestigious’
in fact, quite exciting and is referred to in the book’s
journals are published in the Northern countries in the
subtitle: ‘Making New Sciences in the South’. The finding
English language. I think that those of us for whom English
here is that the perspectives developed by researchers
is our mother tongue hardly give this predominance of
working in the South, on Southern issues and concerns,
English a second thought – of course we write our papers
are generating an upwelling of fresh and innovative
in English, correspond with the journal’s publisher in
knowledge that contributes to the total of knowledge in a
English, receive the reviewer’s responses in English. We
fundamental and revolutionary way.These new insights do
set about choosing a relevant journal to target for an
more than simply add more of the same to the Northern-
article and set about writing it up.
oriented bodies of knowledge; in some instances, they create new areas of investigation all together.
By contrast, for those whose mother tongue is a language other than English (LOTE), writing at a high
I will illustrate some facets of the book’s first overarching
level in English can be a major challenge. I am pretty sure
theme of global North hegemony by examining a specific
that having passages containing awkward or ambiguous
example or two. Researcher life has its system-wide
phrasing in an article submitted to a highly sought-after
challenges of which all practitioners and AUR readers
journal would put you at a considerable disadvantage.
are aware. The concern of this book is to demonstrate
Consequently, LOTE authors need to have access to fluent
and examine how Northern hegemony greatly amplifies
English writers who can ‘brush up’ their manuscripts.
universal challenges for Southern researchers.
These writers also need at least some familiarity with the
In the area of climate change, for instance, the data fed into the huge climate modelling computer programs must,
field otherwise the product could emerge with newlyminted glitches.These services are not cheap.
by necessity, come from all around the world. Although
This is where the compounding disadvantages of
remote sensing can deliver a great deal of these data, there
researching in the LOTE regions of the South start to kick
remains a need to collect data on the ground. For example,
in. Well-heeled universities in continental Europe, say,
biological population data can only be obtained by
would probably have funds or dedicated staff available
collecting samples, analysing them, monitoring numbers
for this purpose. Additionally, there is probably a high
and so on and this can only be done on the spot, in the
proportion of the population who have a reasonably good
South, over extended periods. Consequently, these data
grasp of English. By contrast, poorer Southern universities
are collected and analysed by Southern researchers.
are unlikely to have access to these resources.
Interesting questions then begin to surface. Do the
Then there is the question of differential chances
Southern scientists carry out tasks on behalf of Northern
of having a paper accepted. While journals would no
researchers or work in collaboration with them, or is the
doubt subscribe to the ideal of accepting or rejecting
whole research exercise run by the Southerners? If there
manuscripts based only on intellectual merit and the
is Northern involvement, where does the funding come
applicability of the material to the journal’s subject area,
from – the richer North or the (often) poorer South? If the
the relative advantage of submitting from a well-known,
former, how much influence do the Southern participants
well-established Northern university as against a lesser
have over the planning and trajectory of the project? With
known university far away would seem to be tangible.
the existing power imbalances, explored in depth in this
Interviewees also complain about the relative chances
book, the answer to this last question was, until recently
of getting a publication accepted in the sought-after
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Knowledge: tomato is a fruit. Wisdom: you don’t put it in fruit salad Reviewed by Neil Mudford
79
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
journals when the subject matter involves a topic such as
irrespective of age and sexual orientation in contrast to
the health/morbidity of a population in the global South.
the case in the global North where it is largely confined to
They report that the response is sometimes that such a
the homosexual adult population. A notable achievement
topic is a ‘local’ problem whereas the equivalent issue
here was that researchers and activists were heavily
concerning a Northern population is more likely to be
involved in Brazil’s successful national initiative of the
viewed as an illuminating example of general interest.
1990s to get sufferers free access to drugs and treatment.
An observation by the authors that particularly caught
Gender research is inevitably diverse across the wide
my eye in relation to publishing is that it is common
cultural spectrum of the three countries studied. Being
for Southern researchers to also be activists in their
post-colonial, all three countries have a wide range of
research area or to have come to research from an activist
ethnicities within their populations producing complex
background. It is easy to see how this can be especially
cultural interactions in gender issues. Additionally, the
so in the three fields they examine. The authors then
diverse histories of the growth of gender and feminist
point to the tension that this sets up in LOTE countries
activism and the establishment of these issues as matters
concerning where to aim your publication – towards the
for debate and research have contributed to the state of
Northern prestigious English language journals and enjoy
the field and its directions of enquiry.
the resulting career benefits, or towards local journals
In climate science, the need to model the behaviour
to get your ideas out to people who might benefit from
of the local environment, such as tropical rain forest for
your findings. Of course, combined activism and research
instance, drives researchers on to explore new phenomena
would likely occur in the North but, if it is, the dilemmas
and expand their field out beyond the existing limits.
there are likely less fraught.
The Southern contribution goes beyond contributing
Various responses to this problem are reported. Some
experimental data and software development for earth
publish in both arenas, choosing the journal and language
systems modelling. Southern social scientists are building
based on matters such as the urgency of the local need for
up their examination of the political and behavioural
your results. Others choose to publish ‘cutting edge’ work
response to climate change seeing it as driven by social,
in the Northern press and regular papers and reviews in
psychological and historical factors as well as the results
the local press. A downside to the latter approach is that
from physical climate change modelling.
it reinforces the North/South split in prestige leaving the
All three countries studied are post-colonial countries.
perceived ‘serious work’ with the North and the ‘lighter
Consequently, their populations are a mix of settler and
work’ in the South.
first nations peoples. An exciting and important Southern
An extra twist on this theme is that articles in peer
development in knowledge the authors point to is the
reviewed journals are favoured over books, and chapters
changing attitude and relationship between the two
in books, for building one’s reputation and promotion
groups. Settler inhabitants in the South who are privileged
prospects. This is, of course, the physical sciences model
to have close experience with First Nations peoples are
for publishing and hits the arts and social sciences hard
coming to realise how rich, interesting and enriching first
everywhere. As with just about every other research
nations peoples’ cultures, history and lives are. Also, how
difficulty though, this one adversely affects the South
deeply knowledgeable First Nations peoples are about
more harshly. Moving away from books deprives the
their country.
society around you from access to research results relevant to its needs.
There are, of course, many forces aligned to keep Southern researchers continuing down the standard, well-
Now for the good news – the second theme. Southern
trodden Northern paths. University managements often
researchers are being transformed as they work in their
push the Northern perspective, their concerns being to
environment and experience the contradictions and
advance their university’s ‘world standing’ which ends
tensions between the Northern perspective and the
up translating into fitting into the Northern mind set. The
Southern world in which they live and work.
general Northern dominance in world research is itself a
In the social and medical sciences, the need for solutions
force dragging areas of investigation back into its orbit.
to local problems pushes researchers in new directions.
Nevertheless, novel outbursts of Southern thought are
In the HIV/AIDS research, a major factor in expanding
springing up and beginning to further enrich the world’s
the boundaries of inquiry is that the disease has affected
wealth of knowledge.
populations differently in the South, particularly in Africa where the disease is rife across the whole population,
80
Finally, this publication has a thorough appendix describing the study’s methodologies in great detail.
Knowledge: tomato is a fruit. Wisdom: you don’t put it in fruit salad Reviewed by Neil Mudford
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
In summary, this book is a gem and an eye-opener. I
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Neil Mudford is an Adjunct Senior Fellow with the University
have not really been able to do justice to it. It is tightly
of Queensland and a member of the Australian Universities’
and economically written brimming with so many ideas
Review editorial board. His field of research is hypersonic
that summing it up would require an article (or a book!)
flight, particularly those aspects related to atmospheric entry
of comparable size. Southerners and others – get a copy
of spacecraft and sustained hypersonic flight of aircraft.
and read it!
Per aspera ad astra? High Participation Systems of Higher Education by Brendan Cantwell, Simon Marginson & Anna Smolentseva (Eds) ISBN 978-0-19-882667-7 (hbk), Oxford University Press, 465 pp., 2018. Reviewed by Andrys Onsman The underlying line of thought in Cantwell, Marginson
Equity and three under ‘General’. These last propositions
and Smolentseva’s edited collection of essays and reports
(put first in the book) are the spine of the arguments: that
is that it is a worthwhile ambition for countries to have
HPS enhances equity; that there is no limit to where HPS
the majority of their secondary school completers go on
can go (until universality is reached) and in societies’/
to tertiary education.The question of whether the people
nations’ transition from an agricultural economy, HPS will
in countries where most secondary school completers
grow independently of political and economic structures.
go onto tertiary education are any the happier as a result
The other 14 propositions basically flesh out the theses.
remains unexamined, but there is a sense that because
Simon Marginson kicks off with a typically data-rich
countries with high participation systems of higher
overview that serves not only as an introduction but also
education (HPS hereafter) are better off economically,
as a sort of apologia; a justification of the effort spent
in general the people will be living a better life. High
gathering the chapters into a book. The human element
Participation Systems of Higher Education doesn’t
that underlies the sheer size of the endeavour makes it a
explicitly make a case for or against the idea; that isn’t
very readable introduction. Marginson uses a 1972 paper
the purpose of a volume like this. Its job is to record
by Martin Trow as the stimulus for describing the current
what is and allow the collectors to collect and interpret
situation. The snapshot of things as they are now is given
data within a detailed contextual framework. The authors
context by the comparison to how things were 46 years
do the job convincingly. They rightly point out that
ago: not only in terms of data but also as to what the data
even though the massification of higher education is
mean in a changed context. If we consider how much the
poorly understood and under-examined, it nonetheless
world has changed since the watershed of the internet,
is happening and having (and will continue to have) a
we might expect the changes in higher education to be
significant and uneven impact in global terms.Whether or
significant but the change that has occurred over the
not the massification of higher education is contributing
last five decades is quite staggering. It is also indicative
to global human happiness, it is changing the world and
of the exponential nature of the global development of
we will benefit from knowing how and why, and what
higher education. What the next fifty years will bring is
effect it is likely to have.
unfathomable, but it will be bigger and stranger than what
This volume is divided into two sections. The first consists of the defining characteristics of HPS listed as
happened in the previous fifty. In terms of governance, HPS have three defining
propositions, and the second presents case studies of how
characteristics: they
the propositions are made manifest in various countries.
control, coordination, and accountability mechanisms;
The 17 propositions are grouped under the headings of
their governance tends to involve the management of
Governance, Horizontal Diversity, Vertical Stratification,
horizontal differentiation; and therefore, higher education
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
are
governed
by
multi-level
Per aspera ad astra? Reviewed by Andrys Onsman
81
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
institutions tend to increasingly incorporate forms
likelihood that they will be a force for good in that society.
that have robust internal governance and management
It isn’t readily evident in the chapter about Russia (possibly
capacities. Any system with a multi-level structure has the
because there wasn’t enough data or because historically
benefit of not collapsing when one strand goes awry.
equality was seen as political rather than social) – which is,
The next group of four propositions, under the
I guess, the purpose of the examples.
heading Horizontal Diversity, considers how HPS work as
This volume is about extracting trends from the data
organisms in their socio-political environment. In HPS, the
to see if the framework can be generalised into a useful,
comprehensive, multi-function, multi-discipline research
workable theoretical framework.The case studies consider
university (multiversity) becomes the paradigm for
whether the propositions, or defining characteristics of
higher education. The eighth proposition acknowledges
that framework, are evident in the available data from the
that online providers haven’t developed with any great
nation under the spotlight. Not every proposition will be
coherence or in line with their potential but, in general
evident in every HPS. Most individual case studies focus
terms, greater participation doesn’t mean greater diversity
on a few of the propositions; collectively they address
in the system overall. In fact, (proposition 9) greater
them all. While the analytical reports are interesting as
participation seems to occasion more multiversities
themselves, the also serve to support the theory.
competing while offering increasingly similar educational
Of the individual case studies, I read the report on
opportunities. In ‘neoliberal quasi-markets’, all this will
Australia (written by Simon Marginson) first because this
result in:
is the HPS that I am most familiar with. Marginson’s style
1. Increased vertical differentiation of institutions,
is direct and factual but also a little seductive with some
2. Reduced horizontal differentiation of institutions,
interestingly structured arguments rounded off with a
3. Convergence of their missions through isomorphic
neat turn of phrase. For example, after running through a
imitation, and
quick description of the development of higher education
4. The growth of private higher education institutions
policies in Australia, he says, ‘Yet while boxed and bound
that seek to make money by catering for targeted
by economic framings, it often leaks out from them
niche markets.
in uncontrolled ways. For despite the policy rhetoric,
That certainly is the case in Australia. I’m less convinced
Australian higher education is more that the living clone of
about its inevitability in, say, the Netherlands where a
an abstract neoliberal formula’ (p. 269). Marginson makes
lingering ideal of humanism competes with government-
the point that although Australia began with its six states
controlled socialism in an environment that tries to
sharing power and responsibility for (higher) education,
accommodate cultural (historical and modern) diversity.
over the last fifty or so years, the federal government has
The three propositions clustered under the heading Vertical
Stratification
support
the
argument
taken control. At the same time, and possibly related to it,
that
universities and vocational education colleges subsumed
universities in HPS tend to target either the elite or
other higher education providers such as colleges of
the masses. There is a whiff of institutional rather than
advanced education. Marginson points out that although
social self-interest here: it is marketing by exclusion
successive Australian governments have exponentially
to make higher education institutions more attractive,
increased access, funding has, at best been uneven. For a
and therefore more financially autonomous as well as
brief period in the 1970s, higher education was free but
educationally authoritative. It is irrefutable that the
even with the notion of students making co-payments
best universities attract the best students and the best
(mainly accessing through loans to be repaid when
students create the best universities. Analogically at least,
the student has a job), access still increased. Marginson
the University of Melbourne is to universities what John
puts it down to aspiration: the notion that people need
West is to salmon. But, they posit, as the gap between the
degrees for good jobs. The Government seems to agree,
artisanal universities and demand-absorbing universities
and higher education institutions tend to feature graduate
increases, an aspirational middle layer of institution tends
employment figures in their rhetoric.
to form in the space between.
At the same time, deregulation has seen a massive
The last four propositions are to do with Equity, beginning
increase in full fee-paying students from overseas, and the
with the proposition that as HPS expand, social inclusion
employment prospects created by your degree will have an
will be enhanced. It’s an interesting idea that seems to me
impact on decisions about where to study. Abstracted or
to be based on the notion that the greater the proportion
not, the economics of neoliberalism seem to be functioning
of more highly-educated people in a society, the greater the
well in Oz. Universities operate in a competitive market for
82
Per aspera ad astra? Reviewed by Andrys Onsman
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
finite resources. Marginson posits that the contemporary
in the socio-educational architecture. Most impressively,
corporate university operates under three levels of
Marginson lays his ideological cards on the table and then
governance: national, state and institutional. While I agree
uses the data to exemplify his reasoning.
that it is the case, the middle level of state-based governance
The other country chapter that sparked my interest
varies widely. The only university in Tasmania has a very
was the one on Finland, and not only because our glorious
different relationship with the Tasmanian Government to
editor has ties to Suomi. The first surprise was finding out
that of any of the six universities that are based in Victoria
that Finland is about the same size as Germany but has just
with theirs, not least because the University in Tasmania is
7 per cent of its population: much the same as the land
considered to be a regional university. It would make an
area and population relativities of Australia and the USA.
interesting project to see how the University and the State
The second surprise was that higher education in Finland
have exploited and supported each other.
is free to all EU students. Third was the extent to which
Marginson points out that the proposition that in
universities played a part in nation-building, bearing in
an HPS, universities become more corporate is well
mind that Finland has been an independent nation for a
and truly evident in Australia. At the same time, they
little over a century – a similar time span to that of Australia.
have also responded to funding provisos by becoming
Another similarity between the two is the skyrocketing of
‘multiversities’, universities that (try to) do everything
enrolment numbers from the 1970s onwards.
for everyone – or at least anyone who can pay the fees.
One striking difference is that, according to Valimaa &
Pragmatically, the bigger the range of options, the wider
Muhonen, education in Finland – and higher education in
the market for what you’re selling becomes. Few if any
particular – is understood to be a public service and civil
universities preclude any of the three big markets:
right rather than a consumer good, citing the free tuition
secondary school graduates, mature age students and
and high government funding levels as evidence. But the
international students. There is some difference in how
advent of internationalisation hasn’t halted at the country’s
they go about attracting students from each pool, but
borders and the citizens are now debating whether their
every university in Australia relies on getting a good mix.
subsidisation of other European Union and asylum seekers
Corporate universities are managed as much as they are
from outside of Europe is entirely fair or reasonable. Is
led. On the other hand, as Marginson points out,Australian
Finland being de-nationalised by paying for others to
universities are unequal in terms of research, with the
study within their borders – especially if they don’t leave
Group of Eight bloc of research-intensive universities
after graduating? It isn’t too difficult to see many of the
outperforming all others in terms of attracting funding
conflicting ideologies that are challenging the Union
and producing internationally significant output, and the
today writ large in Finland. Perhaps the notion of seeing
system is geared to maintaining that status. It’s the elite v
education as a public service designed for nation building
mass intake proposition made plainly evident.
is a thing of the past, now that the nation has been built.
Marginson argues that, in that, the HPS of Australia
Overall, this is an excellent book. The snapshots of
is approaching the Australian societal structure. The
the countries are used to test as well as exemplify the
country’s five national sporting codes – Australian
hypotheses, and they are of interest in their own right.
Rules Football, Association Football, Cricket, Netball and
I can well imagine that in ten years’ time, the higher
National Rugby League – have competitions that do not
education world will have changed again, and the defining
have promotion and relegation, but poorly performing
characteristics or propositions outlined in this book will
teams get extra funding to increase their chance of
provide a solid framework for investigating the changes.
success the following season. Some years ago, I gave a
What books like this should be about: frameworks that
paper at the OECD conference on this topic and pointed
outlast the now. Every university should have at least one
out that just like the major sports teams, universities
copy somewhere in its library, but it will also be incredibly
pay top dollar for star researchers, thereby perpetuating
useful for anyone interested in understanding how higher
their elite status and limiting the opportunities of the
education systems around the world are evolving.
lower ranked, less established universities. No matter how good the coaches are, they still need good players to
Andrys Onsman is Adjunct Associate Professor at the Sir
execute their vision, which is where the rich owners and
Zelman Cowen School of Music, Monash University, Victoria,
membership dollars come into play. This chapter is top-
Australia. He is author of Experimentation in Improvised
notch in its analysis and doesn’t shy away from the fact
Jazz – Chasing Ideas (Routledge, 2019) with Rob Burke.
that other, less obvious factors also play a significant role
Contact: onsman@hotmail.com
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Per aspera ad astra? Reviewed by Andrys Onsman
83
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
An insider’s account of wages campaigns for women Winning for Women: A Personal Story by Iola Mathews ISBN (pb): 978-1-925835-15-1, Monash University Publishing, Clayton, 301 pp., 2019. Reviewed by Kate White Winning for Women tells the story of Iola Mathews’ career
Iola became a leading ACTU advocate for women
as a journalist working with The Age, then with the Public
workers during the ‘Accord’ with the Hawke-Keating
Service Board, followed by a tumultuous decade (1984-
governments. She won landmark cases on parental leave
1994) working as an advocate at the Australian Council
and wage justice for child care and clerical workers.
of Trade Unions (ACTU). Parallel to this career trajectory
The book outlines how during the Hawke-Keating
was her political activism as a founding member and
governments, the ACTU pushed for increased child care
supporter of the Women’s Electoral Lobby. Intertwined
through the various Accord negotiations, and the number
with this account of her career is the juggling of family
of places trebled. The federal government introduced a
and of her husband’s career as a federal and then state
30 per cent tax rebate on child care fees, later increased
Labor parliamentarian.
to 50 per cent. However, getting employers involved in
Iola is acutely aware that she was part of second wave
providing child care could be a challenge; for example,
feminism and the first generation of women who wanted
when the new Parliament House was being constructed
to have a career and a family. She is candid about the
there was no provision for a child care centre.
personal cost of trying to organise her career, support her husband, and fulfil parental responsibilities.
Winning for Women has a good account of Jenny Acton’s campaign for equal pay for nurses and the
The book provides an excellent insider account of the
1986 protracted nurses strike in Victoria, and of the
groundwork that she and other ACTU advocates provided
campaign to get minimum award wages and conditions
for important reforms that improved the working lives of
for outworkers in the clothing industry. In July 1989, Iola
Australian women.These included the Sex Discrimination
represented the ACTU in the parental leave test case in
Bill 1984, which gave effect to Australia’s obligations
the Industrial Relations Commission. The book describes
under the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms
in detail the union campaign for parental leave and the
of Discrimination against Women and the Affirmative
opposition from employers.The decision handed down in
Action (Equal Employment Opportunity for Women)
July 1990 later gave one year’s unpaid leave for men up to
Act, enacted in 1986. The proposed Affirmative Action
the child’s first birthday, shared with the mother’s leave;
legislation was controversial. Iola was a member of the
one week of unpaid leave for fathers at the birth; part-time
government and union Working Party on Affirmative
work up to two years, by agreement with the employer,
Action and offers a good insider perspective on the
with pro rata benefits; and adopting parents to have three
discussions that ensued and opposition from conservative
weeks at the time of placement and the balance of the
lobby groups. Once the legislation had been enacted she
52 weeks taken by either parent. She then went on to
wrote a booklet entitled Affirmative Action for Women:
produce a booklet and leaflet to explain the new parental
A Negotiating Document which was sent to all unions
leave provisions to union officials and their members. Iola
and included a list of the first companies to be covered.
also led the test cases for the ACTU for wage justice for
One of her key roles in the ACTU was responsibility for
child care and clerical workers.
the newspaper Women at Work and this became a vehicle
A chapter on women and work today reviews the
for explaining proposed major reforms for women. One
gains for working women since the mid-1990s. While the
gets the sense that her skills as a journalist enabled her
gender pay gap remains, it notes a generational shift in
to effectively communicate the impact of legislation and
attitudes to parenting and work, with younger men and
policies to union officials and rank and file.
women seeking flexible work options and sharing family
84
An insider’s account of wages campaigns for women Reviewed by Kate White
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
responsibilities. It offers the following observation:
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
book carefully documents the campaigns for pay equity,
Forty years ago we were fighting for women’s right to be in the paid workforce. We won that battle, but absorbed the male model of success of getting to the top and working long hours. We need to challenge that model. We need to attach much more importance to the needs of the family and children and to the nurturing and caring attitudes that have traditionally been associated with women (p. 270).
parental leave, child care, and superannuation.
Winning for Women is a compelling account of the gains
Dr Kate White is an Adjunct Associate Professor at Federation
This is an informative and engaging book and younger workers are encouraged to read it to appreciate that the working rights they now enjoy have been hard won by the commitment and tenacity of parliamentarians and of ACTU advocates such as Iola.
for women, mostly achieved under Labor governments
University Australia, Victoria. Her latest book (with Pat
with cooperation from the union movement. While there
O’Connor) is Gendered Success in Higher Education: global
is still more to be achieved to enable young men and
perspectives (Palgrave: Basingstoke), 2017.
women to balance work and family responsibilities, the
Contact: kate.white@federation.edu.au
Dumb and dumber Why Do So Many Incompetent Men Become Leaders? (And how to fix it) by Thomas ChamorroPremuzic ISBN-10: 1633696324; ISBN-13: 978-1633696327, Harvard Business Review Press, Boston, 214 pp., 2019. Reviewed by Kate White
As a gender researcher, the title of this book was
empathy and transformational leadership. It identifies
appealing, especially the hint of how to fix incompetent
expertise, intelligence and curiosity as universal qualities
men becoming leaders. But more on that later. Thomas
that make men and women effective as leaders. And yet
Chamorro-Premuzic is a professor of business psychology
when discussing what good leaders look like, Thomas
at University College London and at Columbia University,
Chamorro-Premuzic notes that four major aspects of
an associate at Harvard’s Entrepreneurial Finance Lab, and
cultural differences in work-related behaviour, including
chief talent scientist at ManpowerGroup.
leadership – dominance, spontaneity, individualism, status
The book is designed to help the reader identify the
– do not favour women as leaders.
key qualities that cause people to become incompetent
Two of the later chapters on evaluating the central
leaders and conversely, to become good leaders. What
elements of leadership potential and the effectiveness
the author describes as the bad leadership epidemic is
of coaching and development interventions designed
caused, he argues, by our inability to distinguish between
to improve leaders’ performance, do not have an overt
confidence and competence. We choose leaders by how
gender dimension.
confident they appear, not how confident or competent
By the final chapter, the promise of how to fix so many
they are and thus ‘not only end up choosing more men
incompetent men as leaders seems to have evaporated.
to lead us but ultimately choose more incompetent men’
Rather, we are told that organisations need to take steps
(p. 33). The consequences of choosing narcissistic and
to improve both the performance of their leaders and
charismatic leaders and the impact on the quality of
to increase the representation of women in leadership.
leadership are also explored.
They also need to take the focus away from displays of
The book claims that women have an advantage
over-confidence, narcissism, psychopathy and charisma as
in leadership because they have greater emotional
signs of leadership potential. Paying more attention to EQ
intelligence (EQ) than men, and have more self-control,
would enhance ‘the quality of leaders and the number of
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Dumb and dumber Reviewed by Kate White
85
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
female leaders, increasing the overall levels of personal
and beliefs drive decisions’ and ‘consider the presence of
effectiveness,
more female directors a liability’ (p. 179).
self-awareness,
and
transformational
leadership in organisations’ (p. 172).
So, is it market forces that determine the quality of
The author acknowledges that putting more women
leadership of companies and continue to display a
into leadership does not necessarily improve the
preference for over-confident, narcissistic, psychopathic
quality of leadership. Rather, he argues that putting
and charismatic male leaders? The book suggests this is
more talented leaders into leadership roles will increase
the case.The message is clear. Until investors change their
the representation of women. In other words, when
appetite for such leadership, women will struggle to fit
organisations are effective and successful they may attract
in to this alienating masculinist leadership culture. More
effective leaders, including women.
worryingly, if the lessons from higher education have any
What seems to be lacking in the book is a comprehensive
relevance, talented younger women will increasingly find
analysis of the role of organisational culture in continuing
leadership careers unattractive and focus their ambitions
to promote incompetent men as leaders and at the same
elsewhere.
time making it difficult for women to move in to and
What the publisher describes as a timely and
succeed in leadership roles. It cites research indicating
provocative book will be of interest to both leadership
that although adding more women to boards of US
researchers and practitioners.
companies did not change the firm’s performance ‘it led to a decrease in the firms’ stock valuation’ (p. 176), which
Dr Kate White is an Adjunct Associate Professor at Federation
suggests investors ‘are unlikely to change their beliefs,
University Australia.
Working people into misery Lab Rats – Why Modern Work Makes People Miserable by Dan Lyons ISBN 978-1-78649-393-4 (pbk.), London: Atlantic Books, 259 pp., 2019. Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer
Many people work, and many people are unhappy at
resource management (HRM) makes sure that employees
work. With rafts of examples and scientific studies, Dan
understand,
Lyons explains current work regimes. Lyons takes a critical look at the most advanced forms of contemporary management practices. His book extends deep into Silicon Valley reaching many well-known corporations including Apple, Uber, Amazon. Lyons says, ‘for the last two years, I have made it my mission to speak to as many people as I can to better understand the modern workplace…[where] at least some of the unhappiness at work comes from’ (p. 2). In some cases, workers’ despair occurs when they are ‘being herded into silly workshops
‘to keep your job, you must play along. You must deliver a performance and convince management that you are flexible, adaptable, and open to change, the kind of engaged, dynamic worker who meets the needs of the new economy. Basically, the company is conducting a large-scale experiment in organisational behaviour. They’d like to test out some theories on you. So, you all go into the box, and you are poked and prodded with various stimuli to see how you respond. Your office has become a psychological laboratory, run by a bunch of quacks. You’re not a duck. You are a lab rat’ (p. 9).
where people are fed a bunch of touchy-feely nonsense about self-improvement and transformation’ (p. 2). Many
This quote signifies the core of Lyon’s book Lab
of these modern workplaces have ‘HR people used to be
Rats. Essentially, the author discusses the application of
glorified office managers, but now they get MBAs and
behaviourism’s rat-equals-human approach to workers.
are called Chief People Officers’ (p. 3). Modern human
Unlike the rat that gets a food pill when performing well
86
Working people into misery Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
and an electro shock when not performing well, modern
workers are also manipulated at a much more highly-
employees receive intrinsic and extrinsic rewards when
developed level.Today, management relies on the hideous
performing well.They get punished through demotion and
means of behaviourism (Lemov, 2006). Management sees
dismissal when not doing well. In Skinner’s behaviourist
‘employees as lab rats’ (p. 24). The rat gets a food pill
lab, it was the man in a white lab coat who tormented rats.
when jumping, the child gets chocolate when cleaning
At work, it is the line or HR manager who decides what
up, the school pupil gets brownie points, the student gets
doing well actually means.
a degree, and the worker gets a bonus. Rats, students, and
Whether lab or workplace, the principle is the same.
workers fulfil their task in expectation of a bonus and a
The rat is made to become a responding organism. The
reward. They do any task demanded of them as longs as
worker is made to respond to HRM stimuli called KPIs
it is linked to a reward. This is the dehumanising insanity
(key performance indicators). Workers are deliberately
of Skinner furnishing the manipulative powers of two
exposed to dehumanisation. This happens to those who
devious systems: schooling and work. From rat to child to
used to be identified as human beings. Now they are
employee, we do meaningless work for a reward. We do
merely human resources. Perhaps the first step towards
this for most of our schooling and then for the next forty
dehumanisation is the step into employment: getting
years of work.
a plastic ID badge with a number on it. This starts
Motivated – perhaps manipulated – like this, it is not
the process that converts human beings into human
at all surprising to find that ‘workers who say they are
resources (HRM, 2011). At times, these modern human
satisfied with their jobs dropped from 61.1% in 1987 to
resources are punished for no reason at all or for reasons
50.8% in 2016 …it’s very unlikely that job satisfaction will
not linked to their performance. This is what happened
ever return to 1980s levels’ (p. 24). In addition, there are
to Dan Lyons. He was ‘laid off as Newsweek’s technology
other consequences of treating human beings as human
editor…without warning. One Friday morning in June my
resources or lab rats. A 2014 survey found that ‘27% of
editor called and told me I was done. That was it. I got
respondents said they had been bullied at work and
no severance package’ (p. 15). Managerialism’s Orwellian
another 37% said they had witnessed it happening to a
Newspeak used throughout the world of work is furnished
co-worker…in 2017…one in five [workers]…faced verbal
with sophisticated corporate social responsibility. It tells
abuse, threats, humiliation, or unwanted sexual advances
workers you are our most important asset. The deception
– on a monthly basis’ (p. 26). At times, one wonders if this
is maintained until you are fired.
happens despite of or because of HRM, corporate social
Textbook HRM used to teach that being fired – camouflaged as ‘we let you go’, ‘we set you free’, ‘seek
responsibility, and business ethics. One
corporation
with
sophisticated
HRM
and
other opportunities’, etc.– and high turnovers are bad.
performance management surely is Amazon. ‘One
This is yesterday’s news.The brave new world of work is
“Amabot” (as Amazon office workers call themselves)
different. Some companies do ‘not see high turnover as a
who had been put on a “performance improvement
problem.They are proud of it.They considered it a badge
plan” (a first step toward getting fired) sent a note to his
of honour. It demonstrated that the company had a “high
colleagues and then leapt off the building in a suicide
performance culture” where only the best of the best
attempt’ (p. 31). The very same thing was done to Stefan
could survive. Weirder still, when they fired someone
Grimm at London’s Imperial College (Parr 2014). These
they called it graduation’ (p. 17). This is managerial
two cases are no means isolated incidents.There is a long
Newspeak. In many ways, those ‘modern workplaces
list of workplaces where workers are threatened, treated
were actually worse than the old companies they were
like disposables, and are spied on:
replacing. They are digital sweatshops, akin to the brutal textile mills and garment factories from more than a century ago’ (p. 18). The exploitative fundamentals of capitalism have not changed. Management still controls workers. Thanks to IT – and perhaps artificial intelligence (AI) in the future – management can control workers with more sophisticated means. Today, ‘workers are surveyed and surveilled, monitored and measured’ (p. 19). Unlike
‘At the top of the list was Amazon founder and CEO Jeff Bezos, who is worth $140 billion, the largest fortune (in absolute terms, not adjusted for inflation) ever accumulated…his fortune has been built on the backs of warehouse workers who toil away in abominable conditions under huge amounts of stress, sometimes earning so little that they qualify for food stamps. In 2018, when Bezos went to Berlin to receive an award, hundreds of his own German workers showed up to protest. “We have an Amazon boss who wants to Americanise work relationships and take us back to
Blake’s 19th century Satanic Mills (1804), 21st century vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Working people into misery Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer
87
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
the nineteenth century,” a union boss told Reuters. Second on the list was Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg, whose company employs “secret police” also known as the “rat-catching team,” to spy on workers…’ (p. 32).
dismissal. In a deregulated labour market with deliberately
Things are no different at Facebook (p. 35) and Tesla
straight. Fear –whether of pain or losing a job– does strange
(p. 37). Perhaps this has been so ever since ‘Taylor…the
things to decision making. Fear overtakes our brains and
shameless fraud’ (p. 52) invented what he mislabelled
makes it impossible to concentrate on anything but saving
Scientific Management. Today, those who relentlessly
our skin’ (p. 75). What saving your skin means has been
push Taylorism and other instruments of control – usually
outlined by Holocaust survivor Jean Améry (1980). Améry
disguised as efficiency – are called MBA graduates.Without
has described what it means to be possessed by fear and
much of a scientific underpinning, MBA graduates thrive
how it determines what one does. On an incomparable
on pure managerial power (Stewart 2009; Magretta 2012).
milder note, Dan Lyons writes:
In recent years, ‘the MBA has become the most popular master’s degree in the United States, with universities churning out 185,000 of them each year’ (p. 53). Some administer companies and corporations while others become management consultants. ‘Former management consultant Matthew Stewart recalls his first job interview in which he was tested on his ability to bullshit: “The purpose of the exercise was to see how easily I could talk about a subject about which I knew almost nothing on the basis of facts that were almost entirely fictional. It was, I realised in retrospect, an excellent introduction to management consulting.” Like Frederick Taylor at the beginning of the 20th century, today’s management consultants still get paid a lot of money but don’t actually produce anything. An old joke goes that a management consultant is someone who borrows your watch to tell you the time – then keeps your watch’ (p. 53).
weakened trade unions, employees are increasingly open to managerial punishment. Like the rat, they live in fear. Therefore, ‘people who are scared basically can’t think
‘if you’re living in fear of losing your job, then all of your decisions and actions are geared to preserving your job rather than taking risks…but that’s actually the exact wrong thing to do. In a time of uncertainty, taking risks and trying new things would actually be in your best interest…but that’s difficult when you’re afraid of losing your job…for a lot of people, the workplace really does feel like a Skinner box, where you wander around like a rat in one of B. F. Skinner’s cages trying to figure out how to get rewards and how to avoid punishment…it’s like you’re in a box, and you have no control over what’s happening to you… it’s controlled by experimenters outside. You learn to associate certain places in that box with good and bad things…fearful rats can only think about one thing – how to get out of the box and stop getting shocked’ (p. 76). Inside managerial regimes, fear is not the only thing
These are the apologists and ideological demagogues
that makes workers unhappy. There is also ‘money…
of management, corporations, and capitalism. Over time,
change, and dehumanisation’ (p. 83). A recent example of
Taylor and his entourage of faith-fools, believers, and
installing fear is IBM. At IBM,‘CEO, Ginni Rometty, earned
management consultants changed work in manufacturing
$33 million in 2016...for the past few years Rometty
forever. In post-manufacturing industries like office work,
has been busy slashing jobs, especially targeting older
the knowledge industry, and the service industry,Taylorism
workers…from 2012 to 2017, when IBM was firing all
is slowly taking a backseat. In OECD countries, the days of
those American workers, the company was turning hefty
Taylor’s pig iron carrier Schmidt are all but over. The key
profits and in fact generated $92 billion in cash’ (p. 85).
to understanding work in the knowledge industry is B.
Making $92 billion while paying a CEO $33 million is a
F. Skinner’s behaviourism (Chomsky 1959). Consequently,
good deal for capital. It is not such a great deal for workers.
nearly all management textbooks, textbooks on HRM,
Overall, job insecurity comes along with falling wages
textbooks on organisational behaviour, and most definitely
(USA) and wage stagnation (UK).Today,‘income inequality
every textbook on organisational psychology, contain
in the US has reached a level not seen since 1929…real
the obligatory chapter on behaviourism. Albeit, these
wages (adjusted for inflation) have been flat or down for
are often disguised as reward management, motivational
decades. Millennials earn 20% less than their parents did
theory, behaviour modification, etc. In short, managers
at the same stage of their lives,’ (p. 91). Neoliberalism will
are trained to carry out the program of Skinner.Therefore,
make sure that this will continue until something gives
everyone at work is treated like a rat to be rewarded for
way (Hanauer 2014).
achieving a managerially set task.
Because of decades of following neoliberalism’s
Not surprisingly,‘work is becoming more and more like
ideology of weakening trade unions, ‘the middle class
a Skinner box’ (p. 75). Skinner’s rat was punished with
itself is shrinking – from 61% of Americans in 1971 to 50%
electric shocks. Today’s workers are punished through
in 2015’ (p. 91). This will continue with neoliberalism’s
88
Working people into misery Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
little helpers (e.g. Trump, etc.) at the helm. Instead of
Still, management and even business schools (like mine)
hallucinations like the infamous trickle-down effect
fancy the open plan office. Open plan offices squeeze
(Aghion & Bolton 1997), we see the very opposite.
more workers into a given space.
Under neoliberalism, ‘companies vacuumed up 6% of the economy that used to go to workers’ (p. 94). As neoliberalism marched in, labour crumbled under its ideology and political onslaught (Thatcher, Reagan, etc.). Dan Lyons tells it straight when emphasising that ‘the labour movement was the institution most responsible for working- and middle-class prosperity’ (p. 97). The moment when trade unions as a protective institution were destroyed and reduced in their capacity, middle-class prosperity started to end. Worse is to come. It comes with that has been labelled the gig-economy. Lyons says ‘the problem is that the jobs people lost had provided [workers] with health insurance and some kind of retirement plan. Gig work pays almost nothing and provides no benefits. Apps like Uber might feel like magic for consumers, but the gig economy is not so magical for the people trying to make a living in it. Nevertheless, gig-economy jobs represented 34% of the U.S. economy in 2017 and will hit 43% by 2020… the gig-economy model is coming for white-collar workers, too. Gig-economy lawyers get hired on shortterm contracts or by the project’ (p. 99).
The same principle is used in factory farming. As for the open plan office, ‘countless studies show that these nightmarish hellholes called open offices destroy productivity and make people miserable. Yet companies keep inflicting them on us, coyly pretending that the goal is to foster collaboration, when really it is to squeeze pennies out of overhead by packing more people into fewer square feet of floor space. The open plan arrangement isn’t just unpleasant. Researchers say open offices can make people stressed out and physically sick. Open offices might even be harming our brains…workers in noisy open offices had elevated levels of epinephrine, also known as adrenaline, after only three hours of exposure’ (p. 130). Much of this often comes along with the endless treadmill of restructuring and ‘the trauma of organisational change’ (p. 140). Constant restructuring is something like a job creation program and legitimising tool for management. In any case, organisational change has severe negatives for workers because ‘living with constant change [is] taking a tremendous toll on workers. More than half of the HR people surveyed said their workers were stressed out and
Back at the Amazon warehouse, gig-economy means, for
burned out’ (p. 141).
example, that ‘in Ohio, seven hundred Amazon workers
Perhaps one of the worst outcomes of modern-day
are so poorly paid that they are receiving food stamps…
management and HRM is the dehumanisation of workers
[Amazon boss] Bezos is not just frugal, or cheap, or a
who are made to feel like ‘mechanical puppets’ (p. 145).
tightwad. He runs what many have called modern-day
Others say they are reduced to be ‘talking robots’ (p. 146).
sweatshops, where human beings are pushed beyond
The expected automation of industry – the Internet of
their limits in ways that make Frederick Taylor and his
Things or Industry 4.0 – is already spreading into HRM
stopwatch seem like Mother Teresa’ (p. 102). Like Amazon,
itself.
many have adopted the dehumanising HRM ideology of ‘we’re a team, not a family’ (p. 107). Good-bye paternalism. Like being a bad member of team, this means you can be fired at any time. At the receiving end, a worker said that working in such a workplace is ‘the most hostile environment I’ve ever been in’ (p. 111). Things are similar at Uber where its ‘chief technical officer compared working at Uber to the way diamonds are formed, by being “compressed with heat and pressure
‘Hoping to save money, companies now automate every aspect of their organisation, from sales and marketing to customer support. They are even automating HR…send out your résumé when you’re job hunting, and it may be screened by a software program, not a human being. To get to an interview with a human, you first need to impress the software...a program called VMock uses machine learning and artificial intelligence to scan your résumé and tell you how to make it better’ (p. 147).
for thousands of years.Those who can actually survive and
Once you get the job, it does not get any better. At
thrive from it come out as diamonds.” Good grief. No one
work ‘electronic performance monitoring systems track
in their right mind believes this is a healthy way to run a
punctuality, break time, idle time – pretty much everything
company’ (p. 116). As if management, behaviourism, and
you do at work’ (p. 152). Worse still is that corporate
HRM has not done enough damage. Occasionally, HRM
management spies on workers directly. ‘Facebook
even teams up with interior design. This makes things
employs a team of secret police, known internally as rat-
even worse. The outcome of such an office design is the
catchers, who hunt down workers suspected of leaking
so-called open plan office. Open plan offices have many
confidential information… if anyone steps out of line,
negatives like lower productivity and higher absenteeism.
they’ll squash you like a bug… Apple reportedly plants
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Working people into misery Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer
89
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
moles throughout the organisation to spy on workers
they are a minority. Only a few companies are part of
– employees call them the Apple Gestapo’. Google and
the social enterprise movement. They remain marginal.
Amazon encourage employees to snitch on co-workers.
In short, what Lyons calls social enterprise companies
Amazon even provides a software tool to make snitching
is on the first timeline and what David Wallace-Wells
easier.‘Workday, a Silicon Valley software maker, delivers a
calls Uninhabitable Earth (2019) moves on the second
similar snitching tool as part of its bundle of HR programs,
timeline. But they also have something in common. Both
used by more than two thousand companies’ (p. 154).
sit on the upper deck of a London bus. Both can see afar.
Armed with AI based computer software, HR managers
Unfortunately, those sitting at the steering wheel are
‘might know more about you than you know yourself’ (p.
downstairs and they do not seem to see what is coming.
157). But it isn’t all doom and gloom. On the other side of
Thomas Klikauer is a Senior Lecturer at the Sydney Graduate
what has been reported above are companies that are
School of Management, Western Sydney University, NSW,
‘great place to work’ (p. 171). These are, for example,
Australia. His latest book Managing People in Organisations
Cisco, SAS, REI, Nordstrom, Goldman Sachs, Marriott,
(Palgrave-Macmillan) was published in 2018.
and Four Seasons. They have ‘two things [in common]:
Contact: t.klikauer@westernsydney.edu.au
they are all incredibly successful, and they treat their employees exceptionally well’ (p. 171). Finally, there is also a small outfit called Kapor Capital (p. 200). Besides being an ethical investor, Kapor Capital reflects more what two CEOs – Ricardo Semler (www.ted.com, 2014) and Ray Anderson (www.ted.com, 2009) – have practised. Kapor is deliberately located away from Silicon Valley rejecting what happens there. Kapor is set against the fact that ‘…fewer women work in Silicon Valley today than in the 1980s’ (p. 205). Kapor is part of the ‘social enterprise movement’ (p. 217). This movement is convinced that ‘capitalism isn’t collapsing – but it is evolving’ (p. 223). The book closes by saying ‘to be sure, these people remain in the minority, but they’re out there. They’re starting new companies. They’re building a new kind of capitalism’ (p. 233). One can only hope that they will succeed. Overall, it appears that there are two timelines running against one another. On the first timeline, there are good-to-work-for companies outlined in the final parts of this insightful book. On the other hand, is an ever faster running trajectory. Most recently and most clearly, the
References Aghion, P. & Bolton, P. (1997). A theory of trickle-down growth and development, Review of Economic Studies, 64(2):151-172. Améry, J. (1980). At the mind’s limits: contemplations by a survivor on Auschwitz and its realities, New York: Schocken Books. Blake, W. (1804). Jerusalem – The emanation of the giant Albion (edited with an introduction and notes by Morton D. Paley), London & Princeton: William Blake Trust/Princeton University Press (1991). Chomsky, N. (1959). A review of BF Skinner’s Verbal Behavior, Language, 35(1):26-58. Hanauer, N. (2014). Beware Fellow Plutocrats, the Pitchforks Are Coming (https://www.ted.com, New York: TED, Auguast 2014, accessed: 25th February 2019). HRM (2011). Human Resources – social engineering in the 20th century. Retrieved from (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4rnJEdDNDsI). Lemov, R. (2006). World as Laboratory – Experiments with Mice, Mazes and Men, New York, Hill and Wang. Magretta, J. (2012). What Management Is: How it works and why it’s everyone’s business, London: Profile. Parr, C. (2014). Imperial College professor Stefan Grimm ‘was given grant income target’, Times Higher Education, 3rd Dec.
second timeline has been outlined by a Swedish teenager
Stewart, M. (2009). The management myth: why the experts keep getting it wrong, New York: W. W. Norton & Co.
named Greta Thunberg (www.youtube.com, 13 February
Wallace-Wells, D. (2019). Uninhabitable Earth, New York: Tim Duggan Books.
2019). It is the looming environmental catastrophe. Like Lyons’ book, some people realise what is coming, but
90
Working people into misery Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Back to basics The Good University: What Universities Actually Do and Why It’s Time for Radical Change by Raewyn Connell ISBN Paperback: 9781786995407. London, UK, Zed Books, 240 pp., 2019. Reviewed by Natasha Abrahams The Good University, by the formidable Professor
standardised course designs. Connell also elevates the
Raewyn Connell, is a sharp analysis of universities as
role of students in the university: their interactions
an industry. Crucially, The Good University identifies
with teachers are viewed as creating something new
opportunities for change, while maintaining that
and valuable for both parties, rather than the teacher
change can only be achieved by decisive action. To
bestowing their knowledge upon a previously ignorant
make the case for a rethink of what universities could
student. Chapter three makes visible the oft-ignored
and should be, Connell delves into the global business
professional staff who are essential to the university’s
of university education, digging out confronting truths
functioning. Again, Connell speaks to the values held by
about who benefits from this system, and who is left out
professional staff, noting that they often take pride in
or oppressed.
their labour as enabling a public good.
While this book takes a global perspective, Connell
It is in chapters five and six that Connell tears down
engages throughout with issues that have recently hit
the sandstone walls, plainly stating that universities
headlines in Australian higher education media. Freedom
create social inequalities. The pursuit of ‘excellence’
of speech, academic freedom, and academic integrity
by universities is attacked as elevating the university
are considered, with Connell situating these as ongoing
and its inhabitants above those who are excluded. With
and nuanced problems. Connell begins by centring the
excellence being a sacred cow of universities, from this
workers as the driving force of the university. The first
point it is difficult to see how Connell will assemble her
chapter delves into the sociology of science, detailing
arguments into a vision of a good university. Chapter
the messy ways in which research is conducted. Drawing
six, which dissects neoliberalism in universities, was
on contemporary lived experience of researchers as
particularly enjoyable – not to mention timely, given
well as prominent scientists of the past, Connell divides
current Department of Education reviews which probe at
the process of research into stages, arguing that this
the meaning of higher education. Connell happily points
process produces research only as a result of the social
to perverse expenditure encouraged by neoliberalism,
organisation of knowledge. Truth-seeking is carefully
lampooning the sums spent on re-branding, marketing,
defined as conducting research in truthful ways, rather
gaming league tables, and auditing performance (before
than creating truth as an output of research. Connell
reminding the reader that this is a serious issue).
warns that this pursuit is threatened by the institution of
Re-imagined by a different author, The Good University
the university, a point which is returned to in the later
might have opened with the chapter on neoliberal
chapter on neoliberalism. Truth-seeking is singled out by
universities, given that neoliberalism is regarded by
Connell as a special value, particular to the university,
many progressives as the basis for the sector’s woes. The
which is incompatible with corporatisation.
path taken by Connell in her critique of the university
The Good University retains the marriage of research
system instead emphasises the long history of universities
and teaching within universities, addressing both issues
as mechanisms for producing inequality. There is no
separately and together throughout its chapters. As such,
nostalgia for a golden age of universities, as Connell
chapter two discusses teaching within the university,
argues that colonialism and globalisation were designed
presenting this as a revered role (rather than as a
into the system centuries ago. It may feel like The Good
distraction from research, as many academics see it). In
University is a timely book, however, part of Connell’s
Connell’s view, teaching requires freedom and creativity,
argument is that current problems have existed since the
which is constrained by current use of textbooks and
system was founded.
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
Back to basics Reviewed by Natasha Abrahams
91
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Chapter seven reviews alternatives to universities,
The Good University will be of interest to those
presenting diverse examples from around the world.These
with an interest in education policy and to those who
non-traditional institutions are presented as democratic,
work or study in or adjacent to universities. It makes
accessible, and often Indigenous or local. Inspiring as
for pleasant reading for researchers and professional
these projects might be, Connell points out that all have
staff, as the work of providing education is revered
been short-lived as they struggled with resourcing (she
and the university structures viewed as a constraint to
does not go so far as to critique these projects’ demands
creativity. I imagine that The Good University would be
for volunteer labour, and whose perspectives may be
less pleasant reading for decision-makers, who Connell
marginalised as a result). This reminder brings us into the
squarely takes aim at for importing corporate values to
final chapter, in which the ‘good university’ is revealed.
what should be a public asset.
Despite dissecting the current university system, and
Connell’s vision for a good university is entirely
presenting cheerful alternatives, it is not clear at this point
sensible. By articulating both the good and bad aspects
what the final chapter will contain.
of the university system, she has arrived at a solution
The final chapter begins to set out the foundations of
of salvaging the heart of the university while excising
a good university by articulating five values, which would
the aspects which perpetuate inequalities.This is at once
not be out of place in university marketing collateral. As
encouraging and depressing.A practical vision feels more
it turns out, Connell’s vision of a good university is not so
achievable, it is not completely alien to the university
radical, instead embodying what many think a university
system that we already have. However, in Australia, where
should be. Connell imagines three ‘good universities’, at
universities are increasingly reliant on revenue from
ten, fifty, and two hundred years from now. This section
full-fee paying students, and for-profit private providers
is a highlight of the book, drawing on the lessons of
seem to be multiplying as an alternative to the public
the preceding pages to arrive at the three colourful,
university, we are only moving further away from the
speculative visions. We are then swiftly brought back to
idea of a university as a publicly owned asset that exists
reality as Connell articulates that while there are many
to benefit society.
people who would support a good university system, these people and organisations need to work together
Natasha Abrahams is president of the Council of Australian
if there is to be any hope of change. The final pages are
Postgraduate Associations (CAPA).
thus a call to action for university workers (especially
Contact: president@capa.edu.au
unionists), students, and the public in general to reclaim universities as collectively owned by society.
92
Back to basics Reviewed by Natasha Abrahams
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
STEM – Education for the global economy Miseducating for the Global Economy: How Corporate Power Damages Education and Subverts Students’ Futures by Gerald Coles ISBN: 978-1-58367-690-5, paperback New York: Monthly Review Press, 256 pp., 2018. Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer Science, technology, engineering, and maths (STEM) are
cannot be achieved within the economic system …’ (p.
skills our students and we are all supposed to have to
14) as currently exists. In other words, school reform and
succeed in the global economy. This has been the mantra
even reforming universities cannot be achieved when
for quite some time. Gerald Coles’ Miseducating for the
the framework in which both exist demands something
Global Economy takes a critical look at what we are told
completely different from the ideas many school
by people who hardly ever enter a classroom but are
reformers have. Apart from the economic parameter
called educational experts or educational policy makers,
set by capitalism, there is also politics. In the USA, for
and politicians, the corporate media, and state officials.
example, ‘55.2% [is for the military] compared to 6.2%
They are the ones carrying out the managerialism and
of the federal budget [that is allocated] for education’ (p.
neoliberalism project. Among them are school principals
23). This is politics explained in numbers. The military is
who are managers rather than educators. These are
important – education is not. Because of capitalism and
principals more interest in their CV than in children, as a
politics,‘…our economy is at war with many forms of life
teacher said to me recently. And then there are right-wing
on earth, including human life’ (p. 25).
think tanks, CEOs, businesspeople, and rafts of capitalism’s little helpers.
A sign of our Madness and Civilisation (Foucault) is the fact that ‘investment in male baldness research exceeds
Coles starts by saying that universities as well as
research funding for finding a malaria vaccine’ (p. 26). Bald
schooling ‘….can serve as an ideological device to deflect
men have money – dying children in our Planet of Slums
understanding’ (p. 9). STEM can be such a device. Focusing
(Mike Davis, vimeo.com/226707526) do not. This is what
on a narrow range of STEM subjects can indeed deflect
drives capitalism, and this is what is wrong.To keep it that
understanding from what became known as‘manufactured
way, many schools and universities train – not necessarily
landscapes’ (p. 12), for example. Manufactured landscapes
educate – students into a narrow band of subjects (like
explains the ravaging character of rampant capitalism and
STEM). This ensures that students are ‘working on’ not
its environmental devastation.This is also shown in David
[having] an understanding of the global economy’ (p.
Wallace-Wells’ The Uninhabitable Earth (Wallace-Wells,
28). Some might say one can train a dog to function but
2019). Gerald Coles’ book is critical of STEM.The purpose
one hardly ever sees an educated dog. What schools and
of his book, Coles says, is this:
universities do is training. Both institutions train students
‘I will argue that corporations are leading criticism of schools for doing exactly what schools have always done and continue to do well: that is, provide a portion of Americans with the educational abilities to obtain work in the upper-level occupations of the economy, and in a multi-tiered educational system, providing an array of lesser abilities to other students, who will meet the stratified labour needs that constitute the vast portion of the stratified economy’ (p. 13)
to function in a global economy. It is training ‘for and not about the global economy’ (p. 30). What capitalism needs are functioning automatons – human automata just like in the 1920 play R.U.R. by the Czech writer, Karel Čapek. It needs functional robot-like creatures, that get up when a $10 plastic radio plays silly music, brush their teeth, have breakfast, go to work, consume, come home, watch TV and die.
Perhaps the key to Coles’ book is the following
It is training and in the case of higher education, it is
statement, ‘consequently, those working for reforms for
‘education for idiot savants’ (p. 37). These idiot savants
schools and students must face the fact that these reforms
and other ‘students must not think about facts like those
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
STEM – Education for the global economy Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer
93
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
in 2016, when the anti-poverty organisation Oxfam
extraction➞landfill. Converting linearity into circularity
reported that the richest 1% of adults in the global
without a wince makes one a professor at MIT –
economy owned 48% of the planet’s wealth’ (p. 37). By
labouring children are conveniently swept under the
2018, these numbers had only become worse and so did
proverbial carpet – a bitter joke.
our environmental vandalism.
For MIT authors, school students, and for university
In any case, STEM students ready for work in the
students ‘absent, however, is any education about the
global economy ‘must not think about how and why the
extent of harsh work, low income, poverty, illnesses,
earth’s resources are used, about, for example: ‘the 12%
meagre education, early mortality, and similar bitter
of the world’s population that lives in North America
conditions borne by a vast proportion of humanity’ (p.
and Western Europe [and] accounts for 60% of private
65). Instead, we are told we need a STEM education to
consumption spending, while the one-third living in South
get a job. And this is even though STEM jobs ‘make up
Asia and sub-Saharan Africa amounts for only 3.2%’ (p. 39).
only a small fraction of total US employment’ (p. 67).
This is only the latest outcome of globalisation or what
Furthermore, ‘for every two students with…a STEM
used to be called imperialism that started with ‘Globalism
degree, only one is hired into a STEM job’ (p. 70).
1.0…in 1492’ followed by ‘Globalism 2.0 extending from
Whether these are STEM jobs or not, the prospects
around 1800 to 2000’ and finally arriving at ‘Globalism 3.0
look bleak. For many these are increasingly lower
[that] emerged at the end of the twentieth century’ (p. 48).
paid jobs. Coles says, ‘in the 1965 song, “Subterranean
Not to forget that in ‘the Spanish conquest... 1494–1508,
Homesick Blues”, Bob Dylan sang that a worker’s reward
over three million people perished from war, slavery, and
after achieving twenty years of schooling would be
the mines’ (p. 49).
a promotion to the day shift’ (p. 74). Increasingly, ‘the
What we now call the global economy originally meant
college degree is becoming the new high school diploma:
that ‘approximately 11 million Africans who were forcibly
the new minimum requirement, albeit an expensive
transported for slavery, with at least two million dying
one, for getting even the lowest-level job’ (p. 75). Under
during transport’ (p. 49). This is the unseen historical
neoliberalism’s ideology of free choice this means no
truth of what we are meant to embrace: globalisation. To
choice at all as ‘students commonly have “little choice but
camouflage this and many other mass killings – like the
to take out loans” to finance their degree’ (p. 77).
100 million tobacco deaths of the 20th century (Benson
With the rise of the precariat things are set to get
& Kirsch’s Capitalism and the Politics of Resignation)
worse. In ‘the mid-1950s [there still were] good-paying
– ‘educational policy runs away from this history’ (p. 51).
manufacturing jobs [as] 35% of that sector was unionised,
Almost all modern textbooks on management and human
whereas by 2016 union density had fallen to 10.7%’ (p. 79)
resource management do exactly that.They never mention
and wages are stagnant at best. There is a link between
the ‘dark satanic mills of England [and] the contemporary
high union density and high wages and low union density
clothing mills in Bangladesh’ (p. 53).
and low wages. Even the otherwise staunchly neoliberal
In many cases, what is sold to us as the global labour
International Monetary Fund had to admit as much
market ‘needs workers with little or no schooling’ (p. 53).
(Jaumotte & Osorio Buitron, (2015). Meanwhile low-paid
In ‘Ghana, Niger, Peru, and Tanzania, boys and girls, some as
jobs are spreading. In computing, it looks even bleaker for
young as eight, work twelve- to twenty-four-hour shifts to
STEM graduates.‘In 2011, at a time when US colleges were
mine the minerals’ (p. 59) that go into our flashy iPhones,
graduating 50% more computer science majors than were
Apple-watches, stylish laptops. As e-waste, these products
able to find a job in IT, guest workers filled one-third to
end up in landfill sites in Ghana and elsewhere.
one-half of new job openings’ (p. 81).
There, children extract valuable minerals in toxic
Worse still is the rise of‘crowdwork … processed through
smog. ‘For many millions of children throughout the
professional online market-place businesses... these...
world, the notion of ‘education for the global economy
crowdworkers tend to be well educated… but work… at
is a bitter joke’ (p. 61). Meanwhile a book like those of
a competitive, rock-bottom price’ (p. 82). Those employed
an esteemed MIT professor – Balancing Green (Sheffi,
by Amazon, for example, experience a similar downward
2018)– never mentions those children at the start and
trend in wages and working conditions. ‘Amazon.com’s
at the end of a linear process. This process starts with
workers are low-paid, overworked and unhappy’ (p. 86).
Extraction and ends with Landfill. In the book, this
Just like many others in the precariat, they too experience
linearity is euphemistically called ‘the circular economy’
the ‘fissured work’ (p. 87) of low job security, bad working
(p. 213). It does not show circularity but a linear process:
conditions, low wages, long hours, etc.
94
STEM – Education for the global economy Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
While future employees are told to select STEM subjects
teaching videos ‘quickly run through climate change’ (p.
at school and university, these educational institutions
136) – never to be called the dangerous sounding global
experience ever-declining levels of state support. At the
warming. On ‘Latin America [for example], Khan Academy
same time, corporations experience ‘corporate welfare’ (p.
videos mention that it [was] ruled by military strongmen…
95) largely through subsidies and lower taxes. Furnished
Cuba’s Fidel Castro and Hugo Chavez’ (p. 136). Forgotten
with low corporate taxes, oil producer Chevron supports
is that ‘Chavez was elected in 1998 and re-elected in 2000,
‘STEM education programs…to arm students today with
2006, and 2012’ (p. 137). Instead of highlighting Castro
the critical skills they need to succeed in the jobs of
and Chavez, what is not mentioned on Khan videos are the
tomorrow [but when] its hydraulic fracturing explosion…
ruthless and torturous mass-murdering dictators of South
caused a fire lasting four days….Chevron offered each
American either put in place or supported by the USA
nearby residents a coupon for a free large pizza and a two-
for decades. Unmentioned is also the fact that ‘the 2002
litre drink’ (p. 97). Meanwhile Chevron’s profits in 2013
US-supported coup d’état [sought] to overthrow’ Chavez
were $21.42 billion’ (p. 98) which is the staggering and
(p. 137). It is a historical whitewash of globalisation, no
unimaginable sum of: $21,420,000,000.
longer called by its real name: imperialism.
Similarly, ExxonMobil also ‘funds STEM education’ (p.
Not surprisingly,‘the US economy has no need for a well-
101). At the same time, ‘ExxonMobil funnelled nearly
educated populace’ (p. 155) and its politics has no use for
$16 million between 1998 and 2005 to a network of 43
them either. Just as Donald Trump said ‘I love the poorly
advocacy organisations that seek to confuse the public on
uneducated’. Bad education makes sure that there are
global warming science’ (p. 103). By the same token,‘Intel is
enough poorly educated people around to vote for Trump.
sponsoring school STEM expos’ (p. 109) while being fined a
Next to no education system follows Finland – PISA’s
‘federal penalty of $143,000 [for] failing to report accurate
number one educational system (see www.oecd.org/pisa).
emissions for thirty years… in 2014 full revenue [of Intel]
Instead of Finland-style education with well-educated and
was $53.7 billion’ (p. 109) – the microscopic penalty (sic!)
well-paid teachers, one finds that ‘teachers in Georgia with
of a meagre $143,000 hardly registered on the corporate
10 years of experience and a graduate degree make less
balance sheet of $53,700,000,000 – a bitter joke.
than a flight attendant in the state’ (p. 161).
Apart from a little and well-choreographed outrage,
Such teachers work in deliberately underfunded
most of the criminal and unethical behaviour of
schools inside a society that makes corporations pay less
corporations is successfully camouflaged. This is done
and less tax. In ‘California…Google, Intel, Wells Fargo paid
by the self-appointed moral guardian of business,
just 1.6% of their profits in state taxes’ (p. 169). ‘Between
namely business ethics – a tautology, some would say.
2008 and 2012, 288 major corporations paid an effective
The ideological powers of business ethics disguise the
federal income tax rate of just 19.4%’ (p. 171). This is
unsavoury realities of corporations and global capitalism
called ‘corporate citizenship’ – a bitter joke. Meanwhile
eliminating contradictions and stabilising domination. To
Walmart with a ‘net worth of $130 billion in 2016’ (p.
sustain corporations and capitalism rather than earth as
176) employs an ‘army of lawyers and consultants who
a living space, business ethics has even invented eager
systematically challenge property tax arrangements’ (p.
helpers like corporate social responsibility and corporate
177). In 2012, ‘Citigroup spent $6 million on lobbying…
citizenship.These helpers mirror and stabilise capitalism’s
thereby avoiding paying about $11.5 billion in taxes’
social order. Meanwhile, ‘education is guided by a
(p. 181). Its lobbying paid off handsomely – a beautiful
correspondence principle… in which the organisation,
return on investment. Meanwhile Bill Gates’ Microsoft has
content, and values taught in schools reflect and
‘a small office in Puerto Rico…saving the company $4.5
reinforce the social order… Nazism yields Nazi schools,
billion in taxes over three years’ (p. 182).The list goes on.
Communism communist schools, apartheid schools, capitalism capitalist schools, etc.’ (p. 212).
In ‘fighting back’ (p. 817), Coles suggests the ‘New York Times Learning Network’ (p. 204, https://www.nytimes.
What we see in schools, colleges, and universities is a
com/section/learning) and Rethinking Globalisation:
form of ‘compulsory mis-education’ (p. 122) supported by
Teaching for Justice in an Unjust World (Bigelow, 2002).
institutions like the Khan Academy which ‘by 2017 had
Beyond that, the overall conclusion is ‘the corporate
nearly 57 million users’ (p. 134) – equivalent to the entire
answer is simple:
population of Italy. The Khan Academy is supported by ‘major fund raisers of George W. Bush [and] the rightwing Bradley Foundation’ (p. 135). Khan Academy’s vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
• just provide enough funds to maintain the educational system that currently serves the economy well;
STEM – Education for the global economy Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer
95
A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A
N
U
N
I
V
• ensure that taxpayers fund most of the schooling serving businesses; • do not fully fund schooling for those poor or marginally poor American youth whose futures will it well with the present and future jobs that will be predominant in the economy, namely, fast food, simple services, basic health care, low-skilled factory work; • maximise profit by not contributing more to the public good than is absolutely necessary for business needs; and • pay workers as little as possible, maintaining that the work and wages are commensurate with their educational level and skills’ (p. 189). Essentially, this is the program of Hayek’s neoliberalism followed by politicians and the corporate elite for decades. As a result, education is threatened, schools are privatised, universities are run by managerialism
E
R
S
I
T
I
E
S
’
R
E
V
I
E
W
Thomas Klikauer teaches MBAs at the Sydney Graduate School of Management, Western Sydney University, NSW, Australia. Contact: t.klikauer@westernsydney.edu.au
References Aspromourgos, T. (2012). The managerialist university: an economic interpretation. Australian Universities’ Review, 54(2), 44-49. Benson, P. & Kirsch, S. (2010). Capitalism and the Politics of Resignation. Current Anthropology, 51(4), 459-486. Bigelow, B. (Ed.). (2002). Rethinking Globalization: Teaching for Justice in an Unjust World. Milwaukee: Rethinking Schools Press. Jaumotte, F. & Osorio Buitron, C. (2015). Power from the People, Washington: IMF. Retrieved from https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fandd/2015/03/pdf/ jaumotte.pdf). Lyons, D. (2019). Lab Rats – Why Modern Work Makes People Miserable. London: Atlantic Books.
(Aspromourgos, 2012), global poverty is rising, wages
Sheffi, Y. (2018). Balancing Green: When to Embrace Sustainability in a Business (and When Not To). MIT Press.
are stagnant, life expectancy in the USA is declining,
Wallace-Wells, D. (2019). Uninhabitable Earth, New York: Tim Duggan Books.
our natural environment is about to be destroyed rather comprehensively, and the 6th mass extinction is coming. Overall, Gerald Coles’ assessment of current education results in a rather grim picture with a Nietzsche like twist: there is no way out unless we alter the entire system. In other words, there is no way that school reform, in itself, can succeed if the adjacent capitalist system isn’t changed as well. As we commemorated the 100th anniversary of Rosa Luxemburg’s murder (15 January 2019), we also remember what she stood for. Luxemburg said, there is no socialism without democracy and there is no democracy without socialism. Perhaps the same applies to education – there is no socialism without education and there is no education without socialism. Instead of education, we get STEM. It is designed for narrowly trained Lab Rats (Lyons, 2019) that join the rat race of the global economy without ever realising that even when you win the rat race, you are still a rat.
96
STEM – Education for the global economy Reviewed by Thomas Klikauer
vol. 61, no. 2, 2019
nteu.memberadvantage.com.au/travel Save when booking your holiday this summer. Discover the exclusive offers available through your NEW benefits website. Including:
Discounted hotel accommodation in over 70, 000 locations worldwide
Specially negotiated travel insurance premiums for NTEU members
Exclusive corporate rates and excess on popular car hire brands
For more information, email info@memberadvantage.com.au or call 1300 853 352. Terms and conditions apply.
Since 1958, the Australian Universitiesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Review has been encouraging debate and discussion about issues in higher education and its contribution to Australian public life.
Want to receive your own copy of Australian Universitiesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Review (AUR)? AUR is published by the National Tertiary Education Union (NTEU) twice a year. NTEU members are entitled to a free subscription. However, this subscription is on an opt-in basis, so you need to let us know. If you are an NTEU member and would like to receive your own copy of AUR, send us an email at aur@nteu.org.au. Subscription rates for non-members are available at www.aur.org.au. If you would like to become an NTEU member, contact the local Branch office at your institution, or join online at www.nteu.org.au/join.
www.aur.org.au
When it comes to that big question “What do you make”, most banks give you eight little boxes on a form. As a tertiary educator, how can you possibly fit everything you contribute to your community into that tiny space? At Bank First, we believe what you really make goes well beyond a dollar figure. So while you’re investing in others, we’re here to invest in you. Visit bankfirst.com.au and find out how we can do more for you.